310G, 310SG

(S.N. 910056—)
315SG
(S.N. 910056—948698,
S.N. 200001—)
Backhoe Loader

OPERATOR’S MANUAL
310G, 310SG and 315SG Backhoe
Loaders
omt191038 Issue I6 (ENGLISH)

CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are

known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects, and other reproductive harm.

If this product contains a gasoline engine:

WARNING
The engine exhaust from this product contains chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects or other reproductive harm.

The State of California requires the above two warnings.

Worldwide Construction
And Forestry Division
LITHO IN U.S.A.
 Introduction
Foreword
READ THIS MANUAL carefully to learn how to operate
and service your machine correctly. Failure to do so
could result in personal injury or equipment damage.
This manual and safety signs on your machine may
also be available in other languages. (See your John
Deere dealer to order.)
THIS MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSIDERED a
permanent part of your machine and should remain
with the machine when you sell it.
MEASUREMENTS in this manual are given in both
metric and customary U.S. unit equivalents. Use only
correct replacement parts and fasteners. Metric and
inch fasteners may require a specific metric or inch
wrench.
RIGHT-HAND AND LEFT-HAND sides are determined
by facing in the direction of forward travel.
WRITE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
(P.I.N.) in the Machine Numbers section. Accurately
record all the numbers to help in tracing the machine
should it be stolen. Your dealer also needs these
numbers when you order parts. File the identification
numbers in a secure place off the machine.
WARRANTY is provided as part of John Deere’s
support program for customers who operate and
maintain their equipment as described in this manual.
The warranty is explained on the warranty certificate
which you should have received from your dealer.
This warranty provides you the assurance that John
Deere will back its products where defects appear
within the warranty period. In some circumstances,
John Deere also provides field improvements, often
without charge to the customer, even if the product is
out of warranty. Should the equipment be abused, or
modified to change its performance beyond the original
factory specifications, the warranty will become void
and field improvements may be denied. Setting fuel
delivery above specifications or otherwise
overpowering machines will result in such action.
THE TIRE MANUFACTURER’S warranty supplied with
your machine may not apply outside the U.S.
DX,IFC7 –19–16NOV01–1/1
092206
PN=2
 Introduction
Emission Control Statement
EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT FOR
NEW JOHN DEERE CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT (U.S. AND CANADA)
To determine if the engine in your machine qualifies for the additional warranties set forth below, look for the "Engine Information"
label located on your engine. If you reside in the United States and the engine label states: "Engine conforms to
US EPA regulations on heavy duty non road diesel cycle engines," you are entitled to the "U.S. Emission Control Warranty
Statement." If you reside in California, and the engine label states: "Engine conforms to California regulations on heavy duty
non road diesel cycle engines," you are entitled to the "California Emission Control Warranty Statement."
U.S. EPA EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT
Emissions control-related parts and components are warranted
by John Deere for five years or 3000 hours of operation, whichever
occurs first. John Deere further warrants that the engine covered
by this warranty was designed, built, and equipped so as to
conform at the time of sale with all U.S. emissions standards at
the time of manufacture, and that it is free of defects in materials
and workmanship which would cause it not to meet these
standards within the period of five years or 3000 hours of
operations, whichever occurs first.
Warranties stated on this certificate refer only to emissions-related
parts and components of your engine. The complete machine
warranty, less emisions-related parts and components, is
provided separately as "John Deere "Secure Warranty" For New
Construction Products."
CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT
YOUR WARRANTY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
The California Air Resources Board (CARB) and John Deere are
pleased to explain the emission control system on your new
engine. In California, new heavy-duty engines must be designed,
built and equipped to meet the State's stringent anti-smog
standards. John Deere must warrant the emission control system
on your engine for the periods of time listed below provided there
has been no abuse, neglect, or improper maintenance of your
machine.
Your emissions control system includes:
Fuel Metering System
Fuel Injection System
Air Induction System
Intake Manifold
Turbocharger System
Charge Air Cooling System
Miscellaneous Items used in Above Systems
Where a warrantable condition exists, i.e. failure due to defect in
John Deere-supplied material and/or workmanship, John Deere
will repair your heavy-duty engine at no cost to you including
diagnosis, parts and labor
JOHN DEERE'S WARRANTY COVERAGE:
The emission control system of your heavy-duty engine is
warranted for five years or 3000 hours of operation, whichever
occurs first. If any emission-related part on your engine is
defective, the part will be repaired or replaced by John Deere.
Warranties stated on this certificate refer only to emissions-related
parts and components of your engine. The complete machine
warranty, less emissions-related parts and components, is
provided separately as the "John Deere "Secure Warranty" For
New Construction Products."
OWNER'S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES:
As the heavy-duty engine owner, you are responsible for the
performance of the required maintenance as outlined in the
Operator's Manual. John Deere recommends that you retain all
receipts covering maintenance on your heavy-duty engine, but
John Deere cannot deny warranty solely for the lack of receipts
or for your failure to ensure the performance of all scheduled
maintenance.
However, as the heavy-duty engine owner, you should be aware
that John Deere may deny you warranty coverage if your heavy-
duty engine or a part has failed due to abuse, neglect, improper
maintenance or unapproved modifications.
Your engine is designed to operate on diesel fuel only. Use of
any other fuel may result in your engine no longer operating in
compliance with California's emissions requirements.
You are responsible for initiating the warranty process. The CARB
suggests that you present your machine to the nearest authorized
John Deere dealer as soon as a problem is suspected. The
warranty repairs should be completed by the service dealer as
expeditiously as possible.
If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and
responsibilities, you should contact John Deere at 1-319-292-
5400, or the State of California Air Resources Board, Mobile Source
Operation Division, PO Box 8001, El Monte, CA 91731-2900
The warranty period begins on the date the machine is delivered
to an ultimate purchaser, or when otherwise put into service.
John Deere warrants to the ultimate purchaser and each
subsequent purchaser that the engine is designed, built and
equipped so as to conform with all applicable regulations adopted
by the Air Resources Board, and that it is free from defects in
materials and workmanship which would cause the failure of a
warranted part.
Any warranted part which is scheduled for replacement as
required maintenance by the operator's manual is warranted by
John Deere for the period of time prior to the first scheduled
replacement point for that part. If the part fails prior to the first
scheduled replacement point, the part shall be repaired or
replaced under warranty. Any such part repaired or replaced
under warranty is warranted for the remainder of the period prior
to the first scheduled replacement point for that part.
Any warranted part which is not scheduled for replacement as
required maintenance, or which is scheduled only for regular
inspection to the effect of repairing or replacing as necessary, is
warranted for the warranty period.
Repair or replacement of a warranted part will be performed at no
charge to you by an authorized John Deere dealer. You will not
be charged for diagnostic labor which leads to the determination
that a warranted part is defective, if the diagnostic work is
performed by a John Deere dealer.
John Deere is liable for damages to other engine components
caused by failure under warranty of any warranted part.
–19–28JUN00
John Deere is NOT liable for travel or mileage on extended
emissions warranty service calls.
Any replacement part may be used in the performance of any
maintenance or repairs, and such use will not reduce the warranty
T132126
obligations of John Deere. However, the use of add-on or
modified parts are grounds for disallowing a warranty claim.
HG31779,0000015 –19–23FEB06–1/1
092206
PN=3
 Introduction

Technical Information Feedback Form

We need your help to continually improve our technical

publications. Please copy this page and FAX or mail your
comments, ideas and improvements.

SEND TO: John Deere Dubuque Works

P.O. Box 538
Attn: Publications Supervisor, Dept. 303
Dubuque, IA 52004-0538

FAX NUMBER: 563-589-5800

Ideas, Comments (Please State Page Number):

OVERALL, how would you rate the quality of this publication? (Check one)

Poor Fair Good Very Good Excellent

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Company Name:

Technician Name:

Address:

Phone:

Fax No.:

Dealer Acct. No.:

THANK YOU!

TX,TM,FAX –19–03JUL01–1/1

092206
PN=4
 Contents
Page Page

Safety—Safety And Operator Conveniences Safety—Safety Signs

Safety And Operator Conveniences . . . . . . . . . 1-1-1 Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-1

Safety—General Precautions Operation—Operator’s Station

Recognize Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1 Pedals and Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
Follow Safety Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1 Pedals and Levers—If Equipped With Pilot
Operate Only If Qualified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
Wear Protective Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2 Display Monitor Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2
Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications. . . . 1-2-2 Right-Side Console Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5
Inspect Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3 Controls—Steering Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8
Stay Clear Of Moving Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3 Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch—If
Avoid High-Pressure Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3 Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-9
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4 Pattern Select Switch—If Equipped (S.N.
Beware Of Exhaust Fumes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4 910056—919463) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-10
Prevent Fires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5 Horn Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-10
Prevent Battery Explosions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5 Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner
Handle Chemical Products Safely. . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6 Controls—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-11
Dispose Of Waste Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6 Side Windows—Secondary Exits . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12
Prepare For Emergencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6 Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12
Adjusting Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13
Safety—Operating Precautions Steering Wheel Tilt Lever—If Equipped . . . . . 2-1-14
Use Steps And Handholds Correctly . . . . . . . . 1-3-1
Start Only From Operator’s Seat . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1 Operation—Operating The Machine
Use And Maintain Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1 Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting . . . . . . . 2-2-1
Prevent Unintended Machine Movement . . . . . 1-3-2 Check Instruments Before Starting . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-2
Prevent Unintended Machine Starting the Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-3
Movement—If Equipped With Pilot Starting Fluid—Cold Weather Start Aid—If
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-2 Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-5
Avoid Work Site Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-3 Using Booster Batteries—12-Volt System. . . . . 2-2-7
Keep Riders Off Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-3 Using Coolant Heater—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Avoid Backover Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4 Warm-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Avoid Machine Tipover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4 Cold Weather Warm-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-9
Add and Operate Attachments Safely. . . . . . . . 1-3-5 Ride Control Operation—If Equipped . . . . . . . 2-2-10
Use Special Care When Operating. . . . . . . . . . 1-3-5 Pilot Control Operation—If Equipped . . . . . . . 2-2-11
Operating Or Traveling On Public Roads . . . . . 1-3-6 Driving the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-12
Inspect and Maintain ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6 Operating Stabilizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-15
Operating Boom Lock—310G, 310SG . . . . . . 2-2-16
Safety—Maintenance Precautions Operating Boom Lock—315SG. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17
Park And Prepare For Service Safely . . . . . . . . 1-4-1 Operating Swing Lock Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17
Service Cooling System Safely. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-1 Operating Backhoe—John Deere
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating . . . . 1-4-2 Two-Lever Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18
Make Welding Repairs Safely. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-2
Drive Metal Pins Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-3 Continued on next page

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
COPYRIGHT  2006
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All rights reserved
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual
Previous Editions
Copyright  2000, 2002, 2003, 2005

i 092206
PN=1
 Contents

Page Page

Operating Backhoe—Excavator Two-Lever Prepare Machine for Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-19 Loader Boom Service Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2
Operating Backhoe—John Deere Pilot Opening and Closing Engine Hood. . . . . . . . . . 3-2-3
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-20 Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-3
Operating Backhoe—Excavator Pilot Maintenance and Repair Record
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-21 Keeping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-4
Side-Shifting the Backhoe Boom—315SG . . . 2-2-22 Fluid Analysis Program Test Kits and
Operating Extendible Dipperstick—If 3-Way Coolant Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-5
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23 Service Intervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6
Operating Extendible Dipperstick With Required Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-8
Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Operating Extendible Dipperstick Lock—If
Maintenance—As Required
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Inspect Loader Boom Service Lock . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1
Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic
Check and Adjust Boom Lock-310G, 310SG . . 3-3-1
Functions—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-25
Check Tire Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-2
Adjust Auxiliary Flow Control Valve—If
Tire Inflation Pressures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-3
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-26
Check Wheel Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-5
Operating Loader Coupler —If Equipped . . . . 2-2-27
Clean Cab Air Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-6
Operating Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-28
Inspect and Clean Hydraulic Reservoir
Operating Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-29
Fill Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-7
Operating Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
Drain Fuel Tank Water and Sediment. . . . . . . . 3-3-7
(MFWD)—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-30
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-31 Clean Engine Air Cleaner Dust Unloader
Parking the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-32 Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-8
Loading Machine on a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-34 Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements . . . . . . 3-3-9
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-35 Inspect Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Grease MFWD Drive Shaft Splines—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Maintenance—Machine
Grease Sideshift Rails—315SG . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1
Grease Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips—315SG . . 3-3-11
Bio-Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2
Grease Extendible Dipperstick Side Rails—
Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner. . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11
Testing Diesel Fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4 Grease Extendable Dipperstick Backhoes—
Alternative And Synthetic Lubricants . . . . . . . . 3-1-4 If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-12
Diesel Engine Break-In Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5 Grease Front Wheel
Diesel Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6 Bearings—Non-Powered (S.N.—911129) . . 3-3-12
Transmission, Hydraulic, Axles, and Grease Front Wheel
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil (S.N.— Bearings—Non-Powered (S.N. 911130—). . 3-3-13
951252) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7
Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily
Wheel Drive Oil (310G, 310SG SN. Checking Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . . . . . . 3-4-1
951253—) (315SG S.N. 200001—). . . . . . . . 3-1-8 Check Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-2
Hydraulic Oil (310G, 310SG S.N. Check Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-3
951253—) (315SG S.N. 200001—). . . . . . . . 3-1-9 Grease Loader Pivots (S.N. —955714) . . . . . . 3-4-4
Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-10 Grease Loader Pivots (S.N. 955715—) . . . . . . 3-4-5
Grease For Extendible Dipperstick, Grease 4-in-1 Bucket Pivots—If Equipped . . . . 3-4-6
Sideshift Frame, And Stabilizer Leg Wear Grease Stabilizer Pivots and Cylinder Pins. . . . 3-4-6
Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-10 Grease Backhoe Linkage, Pivots, and
Diesel Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-11 Cylinder Rod Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-7
Grease Non-Powered Front Axle and
Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance Steering Pivots (S.N.—911129) . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9
Service Your Machine at Specified Intervals. . . 3-2-1
Check Hour Meter Regularly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1 Continued on next page

ii 092206
PN=2

Grease Non-Powered Front Axle and
Steering Pivots (S.N. 911130—) . . . . . . . . . 3-4-10
Grease MFWD Front Axle and Universal
Joints—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-11
Grease Loader Quick Coupler—If Equipped . . 3-4-11
Maintenance—Initial Service - 100 Hours
Change Engine Break-In Oil And
Replace Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1
Replace Transmission Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-2
Maintenance—Every 250 Hours
Check MFWD Planetary Housing Oil—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check MFWD Axle Oil Level—If Equipped . . . .
Check Battery Electrolyte Level and
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check Rear Axle Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check Transmission Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance—Every 500 Hours
Check Coolant and Add Conditioner. . . . . . . . .
Check Air Intake Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check Boom-to-Dipperstick Pin Bolt Torque . . .
Replace Hydraulic Reservoir Breather . . . . . . .
Change Engine Oil and Replace Filter . . . . . . .
Replace Final Fuel Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours
Clean, Pack, and Adjust Front Wheel
Bearings—Non-Powered (S.N.—911129) . . . 3-8-1
Clean, Pack, and Adjust Front Wheel
Bearings—Non-Powered (S.N. 911130—). . . 3-8-3
Change MFWD Front Wheel Planetary
Housing Oil—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4
Change MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5
Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation Tube . . . . 3-8-5
Change Transmission and Torque
Converter Oil and Replace Filter . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-6
Change Rear Axle Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-7
Replace Pilot Control Filter (S.N.—943092) . . . 3-8-8
Check Engine Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-8
Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-9
Replace Engine Air Cleaner Elements . . . . . . 3-8-10
Maintenance—Every 2000 Hours
Adjust Engine Valve Lash (Clearance) . . . . . . . 3-9-1
Miscellaneous—Machine
External Service Brake Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1
Contents
Page Page
Inspecting And Cleaning Dusty
Secondary And Primary Element . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2
Check Receiver-Dryer—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3
Checking Coolant Hoses and Radiator . . . . . . . 4-1-3
Draining the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4
Filling the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5
Do Not Service or Adjust Injection
Nozzles or Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5
Replace Engine Torsional Damper . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6
Draining Fuel Filter Sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6
Precautions for Alternator and Regulator . . . . . 4-1-6
Handling, Checking And Servicing Batteries
Carefully . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-7
3-6-1 Replacing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-8
3-6-1 Removing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-9
Replacing Fuses (S.N. 910056—951253). . . . 4-1-10
3-6-2 Replacing Fuses (S.N. 951254— ) . . . . . . . . . 4-1-11
3-6-4 Remove and Install Halogen Bulb (S.N. —
3-6-4 953497) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-13
Remove and Install Halogen Bulb (S.N.
953498—) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-13
3-7-1 Checking Neutral Start System. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-14
3-7-2 Changing Loader Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-15
3-7-2 Reversing Stabilizer Feet—310G, 310SG. . . . 4-1-16
3-7-2 Changing Sideshift Backhoe Stabilizer
3-7-3 Feet—315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16
3-7-4 Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires—310G . . 4-1-17
3-7-5 Adding Liquid Ballast to Front
Tires—310SG and 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-17
Welding on Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-18
Checking Ride Control Accumulator—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19
Discharge Ride Control System
Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. . . . . . . . . 4-1-20
Discharge Pilot Control System
Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. . . . . . . . . 4-1-21
Lowering Boom Without Electrical
Power—For Machines With Pilot Controls. . 4-1-22
Check Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-23
Bleeding Service Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-24
Service Recommendations For STC1
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-26
Check and Adjust Engine Speed Control
Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27
Adjusting Speed Control Lever Tension
(S.N.—913416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-28
Adjusting Speed Control Lever Tension
(S.N. 913417—) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-29
Adjusting Pilot Control Wrist Rest —If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-29
Continued on next page
iii 092206
PN=3
 Contents
Page
Checking and Adjusting Toe-In (S.N.—
911129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30
Checking and Adjusting Toe-In (S.N.
911130—) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-31
Installing Teeth on Backhoe Bucket . . . . . . . . 4-1-32
Do Not Service Control Valves,
Cylinders, Pumps or Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-32
Hardware Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-33
Keep ROPS Installed Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-33
Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values . . 4-1-34
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values. . . . . . . 4-1-35
Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout
Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1
Gauge and Indicator Check With Engine Off . . 4-2-1
FNR, Neutral Start Circuit and Reverse
Warning Alarm Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2
Park Brake, Indicator Light, and Engine
Speed Control Linkage Checks . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-3
Brake System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-3
Steering System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5
Hydraulic System Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5
Pilot Control Operation Checks—If Equipped . . 4-2-7
Check Operation Of Accessories (Engine
Stopped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-9
Cab Component Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-10
Miscellaneous Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-11
Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-6
Gauges and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-9
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-12
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-14
Miscellaneous—Storage
Prepare Machine for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1
Miscellaneous—Machine Numbers
Record Product Identification Number (PIN) . . . 4-5-1
Record Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
Record Transmission Serial Number—
Manual Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
Record Transmission Serial
Number—Powershift—(310SG, 315SG) . . . . 4-5-1
Record Rear Axle Housing Serial Number . . . . 4-5-2
Record (MFWD) Front Axle Housing
Serial Number—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2
Miscellaneous—Specifications
Travel Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1
Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities. . . 4-6-2
iv
Page
310G Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-3
310G Backhoe Loader Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 4-6-4
310G Backhoe Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-9
310G Backhoe Loader Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-10
310G Buckets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-10
310G Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities—
Standard Dipperstick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-11
310G Backhoe Loader Lifting
Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick
(Retracted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-12
310G Backhoe Loader Lifting
Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick
(Extended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-13
310SG and 315SG Specifications . . . . . . . . . 4-6-14
310SG and 315SG Backhoe Loader
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-15
310SG and 315SG Backhoe Loader . . . . . . . 4-6-20
310SG and 315SG Backhoe Loader Weight. . 4-6-20
310SG, 315SG Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-21
310SG And 315SG Backhoe Loader
Lifting Capacities—Standard Dipperstick. . . 4-6-22
310SG And 315SG Backhoe Loader
Lifting Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick
(Retracted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-23
310SG And 315SG Backhoe Loader
Lifting Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick
(Extended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-24
Miscellaneous—Crime Prevention Tips
Help Prevent Crime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-1
Record Construction Identification Numbers . . . 4-7-1
Keep Proof of Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-1
Park Indoors Out of Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-1
When Parking Outdoors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-2
Reduce Vandalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-2
Report Thefts Immediately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-3
092206
PN=4
 Safety—Safety And Operator Conveniences
Safety And Operator Conveniences
2 3
1
17
16
4
15
12
14
T145296
Please remember, the operator is the key to
preventing accidents.
1. Headlights/Taillights. Two front halogen
driving/work lights and two rear halogen work lights.
2. Signal/Warning Lights. Roof mounted turning
signal lights and warning lights for on-road use.
3. ROPS Protection. Certified rollover protection
structure surrounds the operator. Integral roof
provides overhead protection.
4. Seat Position Sensor. An audio/visual warning
alerts operator when FNR is in forward/ reverse and
the seat turned toward the backhoe position.
5. Interior Rearview Mirror. Offers the operator a
view of activity behind him.
6. Handholds. Large and conveniently placed, make it
easy to enter or exit the operator’s station.
7. Loader Boom Service Lock. Provided for working
on or around this machine with the boom raised.
8. Engine Fan Guard. A secondary engine fan guard
inside engine compartment encloses rotating fan
blades.
1-1-1
5
6
13
7 8
10 9
–UN–05SEP01
11
T145296
9. Bypass Start Protection. Shielding over the starter
solenoid helps prevent dangerous bypass starting.
10. Ground-Level Fueling, Daily Service Checks.
Ground-level fueling feature eliminates the need to
climb on the machine to fuel it.
11. Steps. Wide, skid-resistant steps provide excellent
footing for getting in/out of operator’s station.
12. Independent Parking/Secondary Brake.
Independent, electrically controlled, parking brake
electrically engages when the engine is stopped.
13. Neutral Start. Prevents the engine from being
started unless FNR control is in neutral.
14. Backup Alarm. Alerts bystanders when the
machine is shifted into reverse.
15. Seat Belt Retractors. Seatbelt retractors help
keep belts clean and convenient to use.
16. Exceptional Visibility. Views to either side and
front or rear working tools are unrestricted.
17. Operator Manual Holder. A sealed manual holder
keeps manual clean and dry.
TX03768,0000B8D –19–07SEP01–1/1
092206
PN=7
 Safety—General Precautions
Recognize Safety Information

This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this

–UN–28AUG00
symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert
for the potential of personal injury.

Follow the precautions and safe operating practices

T133555
highlighted by this symbol.

A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — is

used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies the
most serious hazards.

–19–28AUG00
On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color,
WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are
yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near
specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION

T133588
labels.

TX03679,00016CC –19–07SEP06–1/1

Follow Safety Instructions

Read the safety messages in this manual and on the

–UN–24AUG00
machine. Follow these warnings and instructions carefully.
Review them frequently. Keep safety signs in good
condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Be
sure new equipment components and repair parts include

T133556
the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are
available from your authorized John Deere dealer.

Be sure all operators of this machine understand every

safety message. Replace operator’s manual and safety
labels immediately if missing or damaged.

TX03679,00016F9 –19–07SEP06–1/1

1-2-1 092206
PN=8
 Safety—General Precautions

Operate Only If Qualified

Do not operate this machine unless you have read the
operator’s manual carefully and you have been
qualified by supervised training and instruction.
Familiarize yourself with the job site and your
surroundings before operating. Try all controls and
machine functions with the machine in an open area
before starting to work.
Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to
your work situation and your work site.

TX03679,00016FA –19–07SEP06–1/1

Wear Protective Equipment

Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or debris;

wear goggles or safety glasses.

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment

appropriate to the job.

–UN–23AUG88
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment
or loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection such
as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or

TS206
uncomfortable loud noises.

TX03679,00016D0 –19–07SEP06–1/1

Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications

John Deere recommends using only genuine John
Deere replacement parts to ensure machine
performance. Never substitute genuine John Deere
parts with alternate parts not intended for the
application as these can create hazardous situations or
hazardous performance. Non-John Deere parts, or any
damage or failures resulting from their use are not
covered by any John Deere warranty.
Modifications of this machine, or addition of
unapproved products or attachments, may affect
machine stability or reliability, and may create a hazard
for the operator or others near the machine. The
installer of any modification which may affect the
electronic controls of this machine is responsible for
establishing that the modification does not adversely
affect the machine or its performance.
Always contact an authorized dealer before making
machine modifications that change the intended use,
weight or balance of the machine, or that alter
machine controls, performance or reliability.

VD76477,000001B –19–26APR05–1/1

1-2-2 092206
PN=9
 Safety—General Precautions

Inspect Machine

Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it

before starting.

Keep all guards and shields in good condition and

–UN–18OCT88
properly installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken
parts immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic
hoses and electrical wiring.

T6607AQ
TX03679,0001734 –19–07SEP06–1/1

Stay Clear Of Moving Parts

–UN–12SEP01
Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury.

Stop engine before examining, adjusting or maintaining

any part of machine with moving parts.

T133592
Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard or
shield that has been removed for access as soon as
service or repair is complete.

TX03679,00016D2 –19–07SEP06–1/1

Avoid High-Pressure Oil

This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system.

Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin
causing serious injury.

–UN–17MAR06
Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands.
Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil.
Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting
lines or working on hydraulic system.

If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor T133509

immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically

within hours or gangrene may result. Contact a
knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
–UN–20SEP00
T133840

VD76477,0001076 –19–20SEP06–1/1

1-2-3 092206
PN=10
 Safety—General Precautions

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin

causing serious injury.

Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before

–UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.

Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands

X9811
and body from high pressure fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid

injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a
few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available from Deere
& Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

DX,FLUID –19–03MAR93–1/1

Beware Of Exhaust Fumes

Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can cause

sickness or death.

–UN–24AUG00
If you must operate in a building, provide adequate
ventilation. Use an exhaust pipe extension to remove the
exhaust fumes or open doors and windows to bring

T133546
outside air into the area.

TX03679,00016D4 –19–07SEP06–1/1

1-2-4 092206
PN=11
 Safety—General Precautions

Prevent Fires

–UN–14SEP00
Handle Fuel Safely: Store flammable fluids away from
fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when
near sparks or flame.

T133552
Clean Machine Regularly: Keep trash, debris, grease
and oil from accumulating in engine compartment, around
fuel lines, hydraulic lines and electrical wiring. Never store
oily rags or flammable materials inside a machine
compartment.

–UN–07SEP00
Maintain Hoses and Wiring: Replace hydraulic hoses
immediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oil

T133553
spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently
for damage.

Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a

multi-purpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine.

–UN–07SEP00
Know how to use extinguisher properly.

T133554
TX03679,00016F5 –19–07SEP06–1/1

Prevent Battery Explosions

Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks, lighted matches,

and open flame away from the top of battery.

Never check battery charge by placing a metal object

across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer.

–UN–23AUG88
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F).

TS204
TX03679,000174A –19–07SEP06–1/1

1-2-5 092206
PN=12
 Safety—General Precautions

Handle Chemical Products Safely

Exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious

–UN–25AUG00
injury. Under certain conditions, lubricants, coolants,
paints and adhesives used with this machine may be
hazardous.

T133580
If uncertain about safe handling or use of these chemical
products, contact your authorized dealer for a Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) or go to internet website
http://www.jdmsds.com. The MSDS describes physical
and health hazards, safe use procedures, and emergency
response techniques for chemical substances. Follow
MSDS recommendations to handle chemical products
safely.

TX03679,00016D7 –19–07SEP06–1/1

Dispose Of Waste Properly

Improper disposal of waste can threaten the environment.

–UN–25AUG00
Fuel, oils, coolants, filters and batteries used with this
machine may be harmful if not disposed of properly.

Never pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into

T133567
any water source.

Air conditioning refrigerants can damage the atmosphere.

Government regulations may require using a certified
service center to recover and recycle used refrigerants.

If uncertain about the safe disposal of waste, contact your

local environmental or recycling center or your authorized
dealer for more information.

TX03679,0001733 –19–07SEP06–1/1

Prepare For Emergencies

Be prepared if an emergency occurs or a fire starts.

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,

–UN–23AUG88

hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

TS291

TX03679,000174B –19–07SEP06–1/1

1-2-6 092206
PN=13
 Safety—Operating Precautions
Use Steps And Handholds Correctly

Prevent falls by facing the machine when you get on and

–UN–30AUG00
off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails.
Never use machine controls as handholds.

Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present

T133468
slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease
or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or
dismount a moving machine.

TX03679,00016F2 –19–07SEP06–1/1

Start Only From Operator’s Seat

–UN–07SEP00
Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only
while sitting in operator’s seat. Ensure all controls and
working tools are in proper position for a parked machine.

T133715
Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do not
attempt to start engine by shorting across the starter
solenoid terminals.

TX03679,0001799 –19–07SEP06–1/1

Use And Maintain Seat Belt

Use seat belt when operating machine. Remember to

–19–14SEP00
fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks
and during other uses.

T133716
Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure webbing is not cut
or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part is
damaged or does not function properly.

The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced

every three years, regardless of appearance.

TX03679,00016DD –19–07SEP06–1/1

1-3-1 092206
PN=14
 Safety—Operating Precautions

Prevent Unintended Machine Movement

ON PARK BRAKE OFF
Always set the park lock brake switch to the “ON”
position before leaving the operator’s seat for any
reason.

–19–26OCT01
Be careful not to accidentally actuate steering, travel or
Always set parking brake
other controls. Engage park brake and lower work before leaving seat.
equipment to the ground during work interruptions. Stop After startup, cycle park
the engine before allowing anyone to approach the brake switch ON/OFF to

T147434
machine. Follow proper parking procedures before leaving release park brake.
the operator’s station.

TX03768,0000B8A –19–07SEP06–1/1

Prevent Unintended Machine Movement—If

Equipped With Pilot Controls

Be careful not to accidentally actuate control levers when

co-workers are present. Always lock hydraulics on
backhoe during work interruptions. Lock hydraulics before

–UN–21JAN03
allowing anyone to approach machine.

T164252
HG31779,00001D2 –19–07SEP06–1/1

1-3-2 092206
PN=15
 Safety—Operating Precautions

Avoid Work Site Hazards

Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables and water

lines. Call utility line location services to identify all
underground utilities before you dig.

–UN–01NOV01
Prepare work site properly. Avoid operating near
structures or objects that could fall onto the machine.
Clear away debris that could move unexpectedly if run
over.

T147554
Avoid boom or attachment contact with overhead
obstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move any
part of machine or load closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice
the line insulator length to overhead wires.

Keep bystanders clear at all times. Use barricades or a

signal person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use
a signal person if moving machine in congested areas or

–UN–13DEC01
where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in
view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine.

Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient to

T147555
support machine. Be especially alert working near
embankments or excavations.

Avoid working under over-hanging embankments or

stockpiles that could collapse on machine.

Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or

near ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., during
snow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc.). At high speeds
hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete or manholes)
can cause a sudden stop. Always wear your seatbelt.

VD76477,000001C –19–25OCT05–1/1

Keep Riders Off Machine

Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off.

Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being

struck by foreign objects and being thrown off of the
–UN–06DEC01

machine. Riders also obstruct the operator’s view resulting

in the machine being operated in an unsafe manner.
T148715

TX03768,0000BAF –19–07SEP06–1/1

1-3-3 092206
PN=16
 Safety—Operating Precautions

Avoid Backover Accidents

Before moving machine, be sure all persons are clear

of the machine travel path. Turn around and look

–UN–06SEP01
directly for best visibility. Use mirror to assist in checking
behind the machine. Keep windows and mirror clean and
in good repair.

T145317
Be certain backup warning alarm is working properly.

Use a signal person when backing if view is

obstructed or when in close quarters. Keep signal
person in view at all times. Use prearranged hand signals
to communicate.

TX03768,0000B8B –19–01SEP06–1/1

Avoid Machine Tipover

Use seat belt at all times.

Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely to

jump clear and the machine may crush you.

Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Be

sure truck is wide enough and secured on a firm level
surface. Use loading ramps and attach them properly to
truck bed.

Be careful on slopes. Use extra care on soft, rocky or

frozen ground because machine may slip sideways in
these conditions.

Ensure solid footing. Use extra care when operating on

stockpile materials, or near banks or excavations that may
cave-in and cause machine to tip or fall.

–19–26OCT01
T147495

TX03768,0000BA3 –19–07SEP06–1/1

1-3-4 092206
PN=17
 Safety—Operating Precautions

Add and Operate Attachments Safely

Always verify compatibility of attachments by contacting

your authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachments
may affect machine stability or reliability, and may create
a hazard for others near the machine.

Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment

installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection
is required or recommended. Verify that all connections
are secure and attachment responds properly to controls.

Carefully read attachment manual and follow all

instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders
and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its
characteristics and range of motion.

TX03679,00016F0 –19–07SEP06–1/1

Use Special Care When Operating

Never use the loader to lift people. Do not allow anyone

to ride in the bucket or use the bucket as a work platform.

Operate carefully with raised loads. Raising the load

–UN–05DEC01
reduces machine stability, especially on side slopes on
soft terrain. Drive and turn slowly with a raised load.

Ensure that objects in the bucket are secure. Do not

T148749
attempt to lift or carry objects that are too big or too long
to fit inside the bucket unless secured with an adequate
chain or other device. Keep bystanders away from raised
loads.

Be careful when lifting objects. Never attempt to lift

objects too heavy for your machine. Assure machine
stability and hydraulic capability with a test lift before
attempting other maneuvers. Use an adequate chain or –UN–26OCT01
sling and proper rigging techniques to attach and stabilize
loads.

Never lift an object above or near another person.

T147438

TX03768,0000B70 –19–07SEP06–1/1

1-3-5 092206
PN=18
 Safety—Operating Precautions

Operating Or Traveling On Public Roads

Machines that work near vehicle traffic or travel slower

than normal highway speeds must have proper lighting

–UN–22MAY01
and markings to assure they are visible to other drivers.

Install additional lights, beacons, slow moving vehicle

(SMV) emblems, or other devices and use as required to

T141891
make the machine visible and identify it as a work
machine. Check state and local regulations to assure
compliance. Keep these devices clean and in working
condition.

TX03679,00017C8 –19–07SEP06–1/1

Inspect and Maintain ROPS

A damaged roll-over protective structure (ROPS) To maintain the ROPS:

should be replaced, not reused.
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if
ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in
an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by
welding, bending, drilling, or cutting.
If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason,
inspect it carefully before operating the machine again.
• Replace missing hardware using correct grade
hardware.
• Check hardware torque.
• Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness or
wear; replace them if necessary.
• Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.

TX03679,000179F –19–07SEP06–1/1

1-3-6 092206
PN=19
 Safety—Maintenance Precautions
Park And Prepare For Service Safely

Warn others of service work. Always park and prepare

your machine for service or repair properly.

• Park machine on a level surface and lower equipment

–19–14DEC01
to the ground.
• Engage park brake.
• Stop engine and remove key.
• Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag in an obvious place in

T133332
the operator’s station.

Securely support machine or attachment before working

under it.

• Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuated

tools or attachments.
• Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden
pieces that may crumble or crush.
• Do not support machine with a single jack or other

–UN–23AUG88
devices that may slip out of place.
• Always install boom lock before working on or around
this machine with the loader boom raised.

TS229
Understand service procedures before beginning repairs.
Keep service area clean and dry. Use two people
whenever the engine must be running for service work.

TX03679,0001809 –19–07SEP06–1/1

Service Cooling System Safely

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling

system can cause serious burns.

Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough
to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop
–UN–23AUG88

to relieve pressure before removing completely.

TS281

DX,RCAP –19–04JUN90–1/1

1-4-1 092206
PN=20
 Safety—Maintenance Precautions

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.

Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated

by welding, soldering, or using a torch.

–UN–23AUG88
Remove paint before heating:

• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area

to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed,

TS220
wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.
• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.

Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding

will take place.

Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic

fumes and dust away.

Dispose of paint and solvent properly.

DX,PAINT –19–24JUL02–1/1

Make Welding Repairs Safely

NOTE: Disable electrical power before welding. Turn off

–UN–31AUG00
main battery switch or disconnect positive battery
cable. Separate harness connectors to engine and
vehicle microprocessors.

Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines. T133547

Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if

pressurized lines fail as a result of heating. Do not let heat
go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines.

Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes.

Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs.
Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protection
and protective equipment when welding.

TX03679,00016D5 –19–07SEP06–1/1

1-4-2 092206
PN=21
 Safety—Maintenance Precautions

Drive Metal Pins Safely

–UN–14SEP00
Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and
other protective equipment before striking hardened parts.
Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and
bucket teeth may dislodge chips at high velocity.

T133738
Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and
object to prevent chipping.

TX03679,0001745 –19–07SEP06–1/1

1-4-3 092206
PN=22
 Safety—Safety Signs
Safety Signs

–19–12MAY03
T190116

Right Side Shown

Continued on next page HG31779,00002B4 –19–19MAY03–1/2

1-5-1 092206
PN=23
Safety—Safety Signs

–19–12MAY03
T190117

Left Side Shown

HG31779,00002B4 –19–19MAY03–2/2

1-5-2 092206
PN=24
 Operation—Operator’s Station
Pedals and Levers

1—Backhoe Control Lever

2—Boom Lock Lever
3—Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Foot Pedal

–UN–13JAN03
T163833B
HG31779,00001C3 –19–13JAN03–1/1

Pedals and Levers—If Equipped With Pilot

Controls

1—Backhoe Pilot Controls

2—Boom Lock Lever
3—Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Foot Pedal

–UN–13JAN03
T163834B
HG31779,00001C4 –19–13JAN03–1/1

2-1-1 092206
PN=25
 Operation—Operator’s Station

Display Monitor Functions

1—Select Button
2—Display Window
3—Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
4—Converter Oil Temperature
Gauge
–UN–03JUL02
T155443D
5—Fuel Level Gauge 8—Seat Belt Indicator/Park 11—Check Service Code
6—Hydraulic Oil Filter Brake Indicator Indicator
Indicator 9—Engine Alternator Voltage 12—Stop Indicator
7—Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator
Indicator 10—Engine Oil Pressure
Indicator

The display monitor has three modes of operation:
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage.
Do not operate machine when
monitor is inoperable,
malfunctioning, or does not
successfully complete self test.
• BULB CHECK MODE: With the engine not running,
turning the key switch to “On” puts the display
monitor in bulb check mode. In this mode, the
monitor alarm beeps, all gauges and indicators light,
and all gauge needles cycle from minimum to
12-o’clock positions before registering current
readings. Bulb check mode lasts five seconds, to
allow the operator time to verify that all display
elements are functional.
• KEY SWITCH ON, ENGINE NOT RUNNING MODE:
With key switch “On” but the engine not running, all
gauges (3—5), and the alternator voltage indicator
(9) remain lit. Press and hold the select button to
cycle the display window between three displays.
• ENGINE RUNNING MODE: Monitor panel enters
engine running mode after bulb check mode when
the engine is started. In engine running mode,
current status of machine is displayed on the display
window, gauges, and indicators. Press and hold the
select button to cycle the display window between
three displays.
1—Select Button: With key switch “On”, press and
hold the select button to cycle between displays on the
display window.
2—Display Window: The display window has four
displays. Press and hold the select button to cycle
between displays on the display window when the
monitor panel is active:
• Hour Meter
• Engine rpm
• Battery Voltage
• Service Code

Continued on next page TX03679,000183A –19–24JAN02–1/3

2-1-2 092206
PN=26
 Operation—Operator’s Station
3—Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge: When
engine coolant temperature is too high the gauge
needle will enter red zone, STOP indicator will light,
and alarm will sound. Do not stop engine. Reduce load
and run engine at slow idle for 1—2 minutes. If gauge
needle does not fall to an acceptable operating level,
stop engine. See your authorized dealer.
4—Transmission and Torque Converter Oil
Temperature Gauge: When transmission oil
temperature is too high, gauge needle will enter red
zone, STOP indicator will light, and alarm will sound.
Reduce load immediately, shift into NEUTRAL and run
engine at slow idle. Inspect for plugged oil cooler.
5—Fuel Level Gauge: The gauge shows the level of
fuel in the tank. Fuel level gauge needle will enter red
zone when fuel level in tank is low.
6—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator:
IMPORTANT: If hydraulic oil filter restriction
indicator lights and hydraulic oil is
warm, change filter as soon as
possible to prevent damage.
Indicator will light when hydraulic oil filter element is
restricted.
NOTE: Cold oil can cause indicator to light
temporarily. Allow time for oil to warm up and
indicator to go out before servicing filter.
7—Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator: Indicator
will light when air filter elements are restricted. Clean
or change filter elements.
8—Seat Belt/Park Brake Indicator: Indicator will light
at engine startup and stay lit for 5 seconds. With
engine running, indicator will come on when park
brake is engaged.
9—Engine Alternator Voltage Indicator: Indicator will
light when alternator output voltage drops below 12V.
Check electrical system or recharge battery, if
necessary.
2-1-3
10—Engine Oil Pressure Indicator:
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. If
engine oil pressure indicator light
comes on while operating, stop
machine. STOP ENGINE
IMMEDIATELY.
When engine oil pressure is low, indicator will light,
STOP indicator will flash and alarm will sound. Stop
machine. STOP ENGINE IMMEDIATELY.
11—Check Service Code Indicator: A four digit
service code will appear in display window. See your
authorized dealer.
12—Stop Indicator:
IMPORTANT: If STOP indicator lights and alarm
sounds for more than ten seconds
with engine oil pressure indicator lit,
stop machine immediately and
investigate cause of problem.
If STOP indicator lights and alarm
sounds for more than ten seconds
with engine coolant temperature
gauge needle in red zone, reduce
load and run engine for 1—2 minutes
at slow idle to allow time to cool. If
STOP indicator remains lit and
engine coolant temperature gauge
needle does not fall to an acceptable
operating temperature, stop engine
and investigate problem. Do not
restart engine until problem has
been corrected.
The STOP indicator lights and alarm sounds when:
• Engine oil pressure is low.
• Engine coolant temperature is excessively high.
• FNR lever is shifted into “Forward” F or “Reverse” R
with park brake ON.
Continued on next page TX03679,000183A –19–24JAN02–2/3
092206
PN=27
 Operation—Operator’s Station

• FNR lever is shifted into “Forward” F or “Reverse” R

with park brake OFF and seat rotated toward the
backhoe position.

TX03679,000183A –19–24JAN02–3/3

2-1-4 092206
PN=28
 Operation—Operator’s Station

Right-Side Console Functions

–UN–31MAY02
T155443C
S.N.919464—Shown

1—Park Brake Switch 7—Key Switch 11—Defroster, Heater, and Air 14—Patter Select Switch—If
2—Start Aid Button—If 8—Air Suspension Seat Height Conditioner Switch—If Equipped (S.N. 919464—)
Equipped Adjustment Switch—If Equipped 15—Horn Button
3—MFWD Switch—If Equipped Equipped 12—Temperature Control 16—Side Docking Lights
4—Ride Control Switch and 9—Not Used (S.N. 910056— Knob—If Equipped Switch—If Equipped
Indicator—If Equipped 919463) 13—Blower Speed Knob—If 17—Rear Work Lights Switch
5—Beacon Switch—If 9—Rear Wiper Switch—If Equipped
Equipped Equipped (S.N.919464—) 14—Rear Wiper Switch—If
6—Quick Disconnect Switch— 10—Auxiliary Hydraulic Equipped (S.N. 910056—
If Equipped Function Switch and 919463)
Indicator—If Equipped

1—Park Brake Switch: Push left half of switch to
engage park brake. Push right half of switch to
disengage park brake.
2—Start Aid Button—If Equipped: Press and hold
button when engine is cold and cranking to inject
starting fluid into engine during cold weather start-up.
3—MFWD Switch—If Equipped: Push switch up to
engage the MFWD axle. Push switch down to
disengage the MFWD axle.
4—Ride Control Switch and Indicator—If Equipped:
Push upper half of switch to activate ride control.
Switch will light when ride control is activated. Push
lower half of switch to deactivate ride control.
5—Beacon Switch—If Equipped: Push upper half of
switch to turn beacon on. Push lower half of switch to
turn beacon off.

Continued on next page VD76477,000001F –19–27APR05–1/3

2-1-5 092206
PN=29
 Operation—Operator’s Station

6—Quick Disconnect Switch—If Equipped: Press
and hold switch to release pins from front loader
bucket when changing buckets.
7—Key Switch
NOTE: Blower knob; defroster, heater, and air
conditioner switch; and temperature control
knob must be adjusted as a group to obtain
proper operation of the defroster, heater, or air
conditioner.

8—Air Suspension Seat Height Adjustment The defroster, heater, and air conditioner switch has
Switch—If Equipped: three positions:

• Push upper half to activate the defroster.

CAUTION: Ensure seat is locked in position
• Push to middle position to activate the heater and
before operating machine. A seat that is
vent. Turn the temperature control knob clockwise
loose or not properly locked can cause loss
towards HOT for heated air, or counterclockwise to
of control of machine and injuries or death.
COLD for unheated vent.
• Push lower half to activate the air conditioner.
Push upper half of switch to increase air suspension
seat height and firmness of ride. Push lower half of
NOTE: Use the air conditioner with the temperature
switch to decrease air suspension seat height and
control knob in a middle-to-cool position to
firmness of ride.
dehumidify air without overcooling.
9—Not Used (S.N. 910056—919463)
12—Temperature Control Knob—If Equipped: Turn
knob to adjust air temperature. Turn clockwise towards
9—Rear Wiper Switch—If Equipped (S.N. 919464—
HOT (red) for warmer air (best for heating and
):
defrosting). Turn counterclockwise towards COLD
(blue) for cooler air (best for venting and air
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to wiper blades,
conditioning).
DO NOT operate wipers if blades are
frozen to windshield.
13—Blower Speed Knob—If Equipped: Turn knob
clockwise to increase blower speed or
Push upper half of switch to turn rear windshield wiper
counterclockwise to reduce blower speed. The blower
on. Push lower half of switch to turn rear windshield
knob has four speed settings plus an “Off” position.
wiper off.
14—Rear Wiper Switch—If Equipped (S.N. 910056—
10—Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Switch and
919463):
Indicator—If Equipped: Push switch to activate and
deactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic attachments.
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to wiper blades,
The switch has three positions:
DO NOT operate wipers if blades are
frozen to windshield.
• Push upper half to activate auxiliary hydraulic
function
Push right half of switch to turn rear windshield wiper
• Push to middle position to transfer control to the
on. Push left half of switch to turn rear windshield
backhoe auxiliary function foot switch
wiper off.
• Push lower half to deactivate the auxiliary hydraulic
function
14—Pattern Select Switch—If Equipped (S.N.
919464—):
11—Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner
Controls—If Equipped:

Continued on next page VD76477,000001F –19–27APR05–2/3

2-1-6 092206
PN=30
 Operation—Operator’s Station

16—Side Docking Lights Switch—If Equipped:

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
Push right half of switch to turn side docking lights on.
unexpected machine movement. Always
Push left half of switch to turn side docking lights off.
verify control response before operating
backhoe.
17—Rear Work Lights Switch: Push right half of
switch to turn rear work lights on. Push left half of
Push backhoe symbol on switch to select backhoe
switch to turn rear work lights off.
hydraulic pattern. Push excavator symbol on switch to
select excavator hydraulic pattern.

15—Horn Button: Press button to sound the horn.

VD76477,000001F –19–27APR05–3/3

2-1-7 092206
PN=31
 Operation—Operator’s Station

Controls—Steering Console

1—Work and Drive Lights
Switch
2—Warning Lights Switch
–UN–17DEC04
T206361A
3—Loader Coupler Switch—If 5—Front Windshield Washer 7—Turn Signal Switch
Equipped Switch—If Equipped
4—Loader Coupler Pin 6—Front Windshield Wiper
Indicator—If Equipped Switch—If Equipped

1—Work and Drive Lights Switch: Push switch to
operate work and drive lights, tail lights, and front work
lights, if equipped. The switch has three positions:
• Push upper half to turn work and drive lights, tail
lights, and front work lights, if equipped, on.
• Push to middle position to turn work and drive lights
and tail lights on.
• Push lower half to turn work and drive lights, tail
lights, and front work lights, if equipped, off.
2—Warning Lights Switch: Push upper half of
switch to turn amber turn signal or warning lights at
front and rear of cab on. When warning lights switch is
“On”, warning lights indicator, left turn indicator, and
right turn indicator will flash. Push lower half of switch
to turn amber turn signal or warning lights at front and
rear of cab off.
3—Loader Coupler Switch—If Equipped: Push in
and lift switch to the “unlock” position to retract coupler
pins. Coupler pin indicator will illuminate and chime will
sound. Push switch down to return to the “lock”
position to engage coupler pins. Indicator will turn off
and chimes will stop.
4—Loader Coupler Pin Indicator—If Equipped:
Indicator will light and chimes will sound when the
loader coupler switch is in “unlock” position and the
coupler pins are retracted. Indicator will turn off when
quick coupler switch is in “lock” position.

Continued on next page HG31779,000007B –19–14MAY02–1/2

2-1-8 092206
PN=32
 Operation—Operator’s Station

5—Front Windshield Washer Switch—If Equipped: • Push lower half to turn front windshield wiper off
Push upper half of switch to turn front windshield
washer on. Push lower half of switch to turn front 7—Turn Signal Switch: Push switch to signal turning
windshield washer off. direction. The switch has three positions:

6—Front Windshield Wiper Switch—If Equipped:
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to wiper blades,
DO NOT operate wipers if blades are
frozen to windshield.
Push switch to operate front windshield wiper. The
switch has three positions:
• Push upper half to turn front windshield wiper to
“Fast” position
• Push to middle to turn front windshield wiper on
“Slow” position
• Push left half to signal left turn. Left turn indicator
will flash.
• Middle position is “Off”. Indicators will not flash
unless warning lights switch is “On”.
• Push right half to signal right turn. Right turn
indicator will flash.
Front amber turn signals or warning lights flash
individually to signal direction of turn when left or right
half of turn signal switch is pushed. Front amber turn
signals or warning lights flash together when upper
half of warning lights switch is pushed.

HG31779,000007B –19–14MAY02–2/2

Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch—If

Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected

machine movement. Always lock hydraulics

–UN–02JAN03
when not operating backhoe.

Push upper half of switch (1) to “Unlock” position to

enable pilot controls. Push lower half of switch to “Lock”

T163336B
position to disable pilot controls.

If the seat changes operating position or the engine is

shut off, the pilot controls are automatically disabled. To
enable pilot controls, cycle switch to “Lock” position and
back to “Unlocked” position.

HG31779,00001BC –19–28JAN03–1/1

2-1-9 092206
PN=33
 Operation—Operator’s Station

Pattern Select Switch—If Equipped (S.N.

910056—919463)

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from

unexpected machine movement. Always verify

–UN–14JAN03
control response before operating backhoe.

Push backhoe symbol on switch (1) to select backhoe

hydraulic pattern. Push excavator symbol on switch to

T163958B
select excavator hydraulic pattern.

HG31779,00002B3 –19–19MAY03–1/1

Horn Button

Press the horn button (A) to sound the horn.

A—Horn Button

–UN–01JUL02
T156907B
CED,OUO1079,359 –19–12JUN00–1/1

2-1-10 092206
PN=34
 Operation—Operator’s Station

Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner

Controls—If Equipped

NOTE: Blower knob; defroster, heater, and air conditioner

switch; and temperature control knob must be
adjusted as a group to obtain proper operation of
the defroster, heater, or air conditioner.

Push the defroster, heater, and air conditioner switch (A)

to the appropriate setting. The defroster, heater, and air
conditioner switch has three positions:

• Push lower half to activate the air conditioner. Adjust

the blower knob and temperature control knob as

–UN–01JUL02
appropriate.
• Push to middle position to activate the heater and vent.
Adjust the blower knob as appropriate. Turn the
temperature control knob clockwise towards HOT for

T156908B
heated air, or counterclockwise to COLD for unheated
vent.
• Push upper half to activate the defroster. Adjust the
blower knob and temperature control knob as A—Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Switch
B—Blower Speed Knob
appropriate. C—Temperature Control Knob

Turn temperature control knob (C) to adjust air

temperature. Turn clockwise towards HOT (red) for
warmer air (best for heating and defrosting). Turn
counterclockwise towards COLD (blue) for cooler air (best
for venting and air conditioning).

NOTE: Use the air conditioner with the temperature

control knob in a middle-to-cool position to
dehumidify air without overcooling.

Turn blower knob (B) clockwise to increase blower speed

or counterclockwise to reduce blower speed. The blower
knob has four speed settings plus an “Off” position.

CED,OUO1079,361 –19–12JUN00–1/1

2-1-11 092206
PN=35
 Operation—Operator’s Station

Side Windows—Secondary Exits

The side windows and door windows can open 180°. The
door windows can be used as secondary exits.

To open, pull handle (A) in and away from cab post latch.

–UN–07NOV00
Retain in open position against fixed window on same
side by fastening knob (B) into socket (C). Turn knob until
tension is felt to prevent window from swinging during

T135173
operation.

Right Side Shown

A—Handle (8 used)
B—Fastening Knob (2 used)
C—Socket (2 used)

–UN–16AUG96
T102093
CED,OUO1079,381 –19–14JUN00–1/1

Rear Windows

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected

machine movement.

–UN–07NOV00
Squeeze upper rear window latches (A) and slide upper
rear window up or down.

Squeeze middle rear window latches (B) and slide middle

T131781B
rear window up or down.

Ensure all rear window latches lock into detent positions

on window frame. A—Upper Rear Window Latch (2 used)
B—Middle Rear Window Latch (2 used)
Always lock hydraulics when not operating backhoe or
opening/closing window.

CED,OUO1079,378 –19–28JAN03–1/1

2-1-12 092206
PN=36
 Operation—Operator’s Station

Adjusting Seat

CAUTION: Ensure seat is locked in position

before operating machine. A seat that is loose
or not properly locked can cause loss of control
of machine and injuries or death.

Non-Suspension Seat

Lift pivot lever (1) up and pivot seat. Release pivot lever
to lock seat in position.

Lift forward and aft lever (3) up and slide seat to desired
position. Release forward and aft lever to lock seat in
position.

Lift height adjustment lever (2) up and adjust seat to

desired height. Release height adjustment lever to lock
seat in position.

–UN–22OCT99
Grease seat base guide rails as needed.

1—Pivot Lever

T125402B
2—Height Adjustment Lever
3—Forward and Aft Lever

Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,375 –19–29JAN03–1/2

2-1-13 092206
PN=37
 Operation—Operator’s Station

Suspension Seat—If Equipped

CAUTION: Ensure seat is locked in position

before operating machine. A seat that is loose
or not properly locked can cause loss of control
of machine and injuries or death.

NOTE: With weight adjustment knob turned

counterclockwise (—) as far as it can go and with
no weight on seat, the distance to the floor from
top of seat is 48 cm (19 in.). With knob turned
clockwise (+) as far as it can go, the distance to
floor from top of seat is 53 cm (21 in.). The

–UN–30AUG00
distances will decrease by 5 cm (2 in.) when an
86 kg (190 lb) person sits on seat.

While NOT sitting on seat, turn weight adjustment knob

T131777B
(A) to change seat height and ride stiffness.

Lift back tilt lever (B) up and adjust backrest to desired tilt Optional Cab Shown
angle. Release back tilt lever to lock backrest in position.
A—Weight Adjustment Knob
Turn lumbar support adjustment knob (C) to position B—Back Tilt Lever
lumbar support for operator’s preference. C—Lumbar Support Adjustment Knob

CED,OUO1079,375 –19–29JAN03–2/2

Steering Wheel Tilt Lever—If Equipped

Lift steering wheel tilt lever (A) and tilt steering wheel (B)
to operator’s preference. Release steering wheel tilt lever
to lock steering wheel in position. –UN–19JUN00

A—Steering Wheel Tilt Lever

B—Steering Wheel
T131783B

CED,OUO1079,380 –19–14JUN00–1/1

2-1-14 092206
PN=38
 Operation—Operating The Machine
Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting

Perform periodic service checks.

• Check and lubricate loader pivot pins (A).

• Check engine oil level and air cleaner (B).
• Check precleaner (C).
• Check hydraulic oil level (D).
• Clean operator’s station (E).
• Check and lubricate backhoe pivot pins (F).
• Check pedals and controls (G) for freedom of
movement.
• Check inflation pressure of tires (H) and torque of wheel
hardware.
• Clean radiator fins (I).

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: Check for worn or frayed wires

and loose or corroded connections.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM: Check for leaks, missing or loose

clamps, kinked hoses, and lines or hoses in areas that rub
against each other or other parts.

BACKHOE AND LOADER: Check for loose, bent, broken

or missing parts and hardware.

LUBRICATION: Check lubrication points.

PROTECTIVE DEVICES: Check ROPS, guards, shields,

covers, seat belt, and reverse warning alarm.

FIRE PREVENTION: Clean machine of debris.

PARK BRAKE: Check for correct operation.

–UN–18JUL00
SAFETY: Walk around machine to be sure all persons are
clear from machine area.

T132586
A—Loader Pivot Pins
B—Engine Dipstick and Air Cleaner
C—Precleaner (If Equipped)
D—Hydraulic Oil Level Sight Tube
E—Operator’s Station
F—Backhoe Pivot Pins
G—Pedals and Controls
H—Tires
I—Radiator Fins

CED,OUO1079,468 –19–17JUL00–1/1

2-2-1 092206
PN=39
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Check Instruments Before Starting

–UN–21AUG01
T144866
Turn key switch clockwise to “On”. (Do not start engine.)
The following must occur:

• The audible alarm must sound twice.

• All LCD segments in the display window (2) must light.
• All gauges (3—5) must be backlit, and all gauge

–19–28JAN98
needles must cycle from minimum (left) to center in
approximately one second.

1—Select Button T112933

2—Display Window
3—Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
4—Transmission and Torque Converter Oil
Temperature Gauge
5—Fuel Level Gauge
6—Hydraulic Oil Filter Indicator
7—Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator
8—Seat Belt/Park Brake Indicator
9—Alternator Voltage Indicator
10—Engine Oil Pressure Indicator
11—Check Service Code Indicator
12—Stop Indicator

Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,388 –19–27JAN04–1/2

2-2-2 092206
PN=40
 Operation—Operating The Machine

• All indicators (6—12) must light for five seconds. With

the engine not running the alternator voltage indicator
(9) must remain lit after other indicators go out.

See Display Monitor Functions for descriptions of

indicators.

If any indicator fails to light, check the bulb. If bulb is good

but indicator still fails to light, see your authorized dealer.

CED,OUO1079,388 –19–27JAN04–2/2

Starting the Engine

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury or death from a

runaway machine. DO NOT start engine by
shorting across starter terminals. Machine will
start in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.

–UN–11JAN89
NEVER start engine while standing on ground.
Start engine only from operator’s seat, with
FNR lever in N “Neutral” and park brake
engaged.

TS177
1. Sit in seat and fasten seat belt.

2. Sound horn.

CED,OUO1079,391 –19–19JUN00–1/3

NOTE: Controls and switches must be in the positions

described before starting engine.

3. With manual shift transmission: Move FNR lever (A)

and gearshift lever (B) to N.

–UN–20JUN00
With powershift transmission: Move FNR lever/range
lever to N. T131803C

A—FNR Lever
B—Gearshift Lever (If Equipped)

Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,391 –19–19JUN00–2/3

2-2-3 092206
PN=41
 Operation—Operating The Machine

4. Push the left half of the park brake switch (C) to

engage the park brake.

5. Push the lower half of the ride control switch (D), if

equipped, to deactivate ride control.

–UN–03JUL02
IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage, never start
engine with engine speed control lever
set at fast idle.

T156968B
6. Move engine speed control lever (E) to 1/3 speed.

IMPORTANT: Do not operate starter motor for more

than 30 seconds at a time, or it may be
damaged. If engine does not start, wait
at least 2 minutes before trying again.

7. Turn key switch (F) clockwise to “Start” and hold in

position until engine starts. Release key switch when

–UN–25OCT00
engine starts. If engine does not start after 30 seconds,
turn key switch to “Off” and wait 2 minutes before
trying again.

T131729D
C—Park Brake Switch
D—Ride Control Switch—If Equipped
E—Engine Speed Control Lever
F—Key Switch

CED,OUO1079,391 –19–19JUN00–3/3

2-2-4 092206
PN=42
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Starting Fluid—Cold Weather Start Aid—If

Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from

exploding container. Starting fluid is highly
flammable. Keep container away from heat,

–UN–23AUG88
sparks, and open flame. Contents are
pressurized. Do not puncture or incinerate
container. Remove can from machine if engine
does not need starting fluid.

TS281
IMPORTANT: Remove container and install plug in
base to protect start aid components
from dust.

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to engine. Use starting

aid when temperatures are below 0°C
(32°F) and only when engine is COLD.

–UN–01JUL02
USING START AID

IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage, push and hold

T156912B
start aid button only when engine is
cold and cranking. Starting fluid is
being injected into engine as long as
the start aid button is held. A—Start Aid Button

NOTE: Crank engine for 30 seconds maximum, allowing

2 minutes between cranking periods.

While cranking engine, push start aid button (A).

Continued on next page HG31779,0000087 –19–28JAN03–1/2

2-2-5 092206
PN=43
 Operation—Operating The Machine

REPLACING START AID CONTAINER

1. Close engine hood. Raise front loader boom and install

loader boom service lock. See Loader Boom Service
Lock. (Section 3-2.)

–UN–26JUL02
2. Open engine hood. See Opening and Closing Engine
Hood. (Section 3-2.)

3. Loosen hose clamp (B).

T155037B
4. Turn start aid container (C) counterclockwise to
remove.
B—Clamp
C—Start Aid Can
5. Remove safety cap from new container.
D—Plug

6. Turn container clockwise in starting aid base to install.

7. Tighten hose clamp.

8. Close engine hood.

OPERATING MACHINE WITHOUT START AID

CONTAINER INSTALLED

IMPORTANT: Protect start aid components from

possible damage. Install start aid plug
in start aid base.

Remove container and install plug (D) in base.

HG31779,0000087 –19–28JAN03–2/2

2-2-6 092206
PN=44
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Using Booster Batteries—12-Volt System

–UN–24OCT91

–UN–24OCT91
T6508AE1

T6713AI1
Single-Battery Application Dual-Battery Application

A—Machine Battery(s) B—Booster Battery(s)

Before boost starting, machine must be properly shut 1. Connect one end of the positive cable to the
down and secured to prevent unexpected machine positive terminal of the machine batteries and the
movement when engine starts. other end to the positive terminal of the booster
batteries.
CAUTION: An explosive gas is produced
2. Connect one end of the negative cable to the
while batteries are in use or being charged.
negative terminal of the booster batteries. Then
Keep flames or sparks away from the battery
connect other end of the negative cable to the
area. Make sure the batteries are charged in
machine frame as far away from the machine
a well ventilated area.
batteries as possible.
Always remove grounded (—) battery clamp
3. Start engine.
first and replace it last.

IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a

12-volt negative (—) ground. Use
only 12-volt booster batteries.

Continued on next page CED,TX14826,12658 –19–12JUN00–1/2

2-2-7 092206
PN=45
 Operation—Operating The Machine

4. Immediately after starting engine, disconnect end of 5. Disconnect positive cable from booster batteries
the negative cable from the machine frame and and machine batteries.
disconnect the other end of the negative cable from
the negative terminal of the booster batteries.

CED,TX14826,12658 –19–12JUN00–2/2

Using Coolant Heater—If Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury

from an electrical shock. Use a heavy-duty,
grounded cord to connect heater to electrical
power.

Plug coolant heater into a 115-volt outlet 10 hours before

you start the engine.

TX,25,BD2080 –19–07OCT96–1/1

Warm-Up

IMPORTANT: To ensure proper lubrication, idle

engine at 1/3 speed for 5 minutes.
Extend period as necessary when
operating at temperatures below
freezing.

• Before moving machine, run at 1/3 speed for at least 5

minutes.

IMPORTANT: To avoid carbon build-up in engine and

to use fuel in most efficient manner, do
not allow machine to idle at low rpm.

• Do not run engine at fast or slow idle.

• Operate machine under light loads for first 5 minutes
once engine is warm.
• Check instruments regularly.

TX,25,BD2082 –19–29JAN03–1/1

2-2-8 092206
PN=46
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Cold Weather Warm-Up

IMPORTANT: If hydraulic oil is cold, hydraulic IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to bucket

functions move slowly. Do not leveling tube due to cold oil, cycle
attempt machine operations until bucket three times at hood height
hydraulic functions move at before using under normal
close-to-normal cycle times. operation.

In extremely cold conditions, an extended warming up 2. Raise loader lift arms to hood height. Cycle bucket
period will be necessary. from stop to stop three times.

Avoid sudden operation of hydraulic functions until 3. Cycle all remaining hydraulic functions to distribute
engine is thoroughly warmed up. Remove ice, snow, warmed oil until all functions operate freely.
and mud from machine before operation.

1. Run engine at 1/2 speed for 15 minutes.

TX,25,BG240 –19–29AUG97–1/1

2-2-9 092206
PN=47
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Ride Control Operation—If Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from

unexpected boom or bucket movement when
equipped with ride control. Ride control

–UN–01JUL02
accumulator energy must be discharged when
working on hydraulic components. Turn ignition
switch “On”. Push ride control switch “On” and
move loader control lever to “Float” position.

T156914B
Do not have the ride control switch “On” when
starting the machine; the machine may move if
the ride control switch is “On” and the machine
is started.

Do not have ride control engaged when

operating the loader; the ride control system
may cause unexpected movement.

–UN–15JUN00
The ride control system has an accumulator and valve in
the loader circuit.

T131717C
Operating Ride Control

Push upper half of ride control switch (A) to improve

machine ride and reduce tire flexing when traveling over A—Ride Control Switch
rough terrain at a high speed with loaded bucket, or when B—Ride Control Indicator
transporting with an empty bucket. The ride control
indicator (B) will remain lit while ride control is engaged.

If engine is stopped with ride control engaged, ride control

switch will remain in the “On” position and ride control will
be engaged when the machine is restarted. Always push
lower half of ride control switch to disengage ride control
before starting the machine.

NOTE: With ride control engaged, the front end of the

machine will not remain raised if lifted off the
ground with the front loader. The front end of the
machine will drift back to the ground. To hold front
end up while using the backhoe, disengage ride
control.

Always deactivate ride control when operating hydraulic

functions.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,389 –19–19JUN00–1/2

2-2-10 092206
PN=48
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Discharging the Ride Control Circuit for Service

Discharge hydraulic pressure from the ride control system

before performing maintenance. See Discharge Ride
Control System Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. (Section
4-1.)

CED,OUO1079,389 –19–19JUN00–2/2

Pilot Control Operation—If Equipped

1. Rotate seat to backhoe operation position.

2. Use pilot control wrist rests (1) to pull right and left pilot
control towers towards operator.

–UN–02JAN03
3. Push pilot control enable/disable switch (2) to “Unlock”
position to enable pilot controls.

T162834B
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
unexpected machine movement. Always lock
hydraulics when not operating backhoe. 1—Pilot Control Wrist Rests
2—Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch
4. Push pilot control enable/disable switch to “Lock”
position to disable pilot controls.

NOTE: Alarm will sound and monitor will display “Hoe”

and “On” when pilot controls are enabled and seat
is not in backhoe position.

If pilot controls are automatically disabled, cycle

switch to “Lock” position and back to “Unlock”
position to enable pilot controls.

Discharge hydraulic pressure from the pilot control system

before performing maintenance. See Discharge Pilot
Control System Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. (Section
4-1.)

HG31779,00001BB –19–02JAN03–1/1

2-2-11 092206
PN=49
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Driving the Machine

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from

unexpected machine movement. Machine will
turn in direction of brake pedal if only one

–UN–05JUL00
brake pedal is applied. Connect brake pedals
together before traveling at high speed.

1. Engage brake pedal locking bar (A) to lock left and

T132020B
right brake pedals (B and C) together. Keep brake
pedal locking bar engaged unless brakes are to be
used to aid in turning.
A—Brake Pedal Locking Bar
B—Left Brake Pedal
CAUTION: Use a seat belt to minimize chance C—Right Brake Pedal
of injury from an accident such as an overturn.

2. Fasten seat belt.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,398 –19–29JAN03–1/4

2-2-12 092206
PN=50
 Operation—Operating The Machine

3. Move engine speed control lever (F) to 1/3 speed and

start engine.

NOTE: Park brake indicator will light, alarm will sound,

and STOP indicator will light if FNR lever is
moved out of NEUTRAL while park brake is

–UN–01AUG00
engaged. Disengage the park brake before
moving the FNR lever out of “Neutral”.

If park brake is disengaged when engine is

T131803D
stopped, it automatically engages. If engine is
then started with right half of the park brake
switch pushed, operator must push left half of Manual Shift Transmission Unit Shown
park brake switch, then push left half of park
brake switch to disengage park brake before
driving machine.

4. Push right half of park brake switch (D) to disengage

the park brake.

–UN–02JUL02
5. Manual Shift Transmission: Push clutch disconnect
button (C) to remove engine power from drive train and
move gearshift lever (B) to appropriate gear for travel.

T156968C
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
unexpected machine movement. Never rely on
FNR lever and gearshift lever to keep machine
from moving. Always engage park brake to hold
machine.

6. Use FNR lever (A) to change direction of travel. FNR

lever can be operated without using the clutch

–UN–25OCT00
disconnect button.

• Reduce speed when changing direction of travel.

• Move FNR lever to F to travel forward and to R to

T131729E
travel in reverse.
• Move FNR lever to N when machine is not moving.
FNR lever will drop to a detented position when in
“Neutral”. A—FNR Lever
B—Gearshift Lever
C—Clutch Disconnect Button
D—Park Brake Switch
E—Ride Control Switch—If Equipped
F—Engine Speed Control Lever
G—Key Switch

Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,398 –19–29JAN03–2/4

2-2-13 092206
PN=51
 Operation—Operating The Machine

7. Powershift Transmission: FNR/range lever also

selects forward gear ranges 1, 2, 3, and 4 and reverse
ranges 1, 2, and 3. The fourth position in reverse
provides the same speed range as the third position.

• Rotate handle on FNR/range lever (A) to select gear

–UN–05JUL00
position.
• Gear position is indicated by the gear range pointer
(B).

T132026B
A—FNR/Range Lever
B—Gear Range Pointer
Powershift Transmission Unit Shown

CED,OUO1079,398 –19–29JAN03–3/4

8. Vary travel speed when driving using engine speed

control pedal (H).

H—Engine Speed Control Pedal

–UN–05JUL00
T132022B
CED,OUO1079,398 –19–29JAN03–4/4

2-2-14 092206
PN=52
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Operating Stabilizers

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from

unexpected machine movement. Stabilizers
must be set on a firm surface. Do not dig under

–UN–25OCT00
stabilizers. Be alert to possible machine
movement when raising stabilizers and loader
bucket.

T131729F
Before operating the backhoe, use stabilizers to lift and
level the machine. Use the levers to move stabilizers from
raised position (A and C) to lowered position (B and D). 310G, 310SG Shown

Stabilizer feet on 310G, 310SG are reversible for use on

paved and unpaved surfaces. See Reversing Stabilizer
Feet—310G, 310SG. (Section 4-1.)

A—Left Stabilizer Up
B—Left Stabilizer Down

–UN–24AUG96
C—Right Stabilizer Up
D—Right Stabilizer Down

T102200
310G, 310SG Shown

–UN–03DEC96
T105531
315SG Shown

CED,OUO1079,406 –19–06JUL00–1/1

2-2-15 092206
PN=53
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Operating Boom Lock—310G, 310SG

IMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,

unlock boom before operating backhoe.

Disengaging the Boom Lock

1. Raise boom against stops to release tension on boom

lock (A).

2. Pull boom lock control lever (B) toward operator to

disengage boom lock from boom hooks (unlocked
position).

–UN–19JUN00
3. Lower boom so boom hooks are clear of boom lock.
Release boom lock control lever.

Engaging the Boom Lock

T131772B
1. Pull boom lock control lever toward operator to raise
boom lock.

2. Raise boom against stops.

3. Release boom lock control lever to engage boom lock

with boom hooks (locked position).

–UN–15JUN00
4. After machine shutdown, move boom control lever to
release hydraulic pressure and put tension on boom
lock.

T131758C
A—Boom Lock
B—Boom Lock Control Lever
Optional Two-Lever, Six-Function Configuration Shown

–UN–12DEC02
T162770B

Optional Pilot Controls Shown

OUO1079,0000254 –19–16APR02–1/1

2-2-16 092206
PN=54
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Operating Boom Lock—315SG

IMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,

unlock boom before operating backhoe.

Disengaging the Boom Lock

1. Raise boom against stops to release tension on boom

lock (A).

–UN–07NOV00
2. Push and hold boom lock foot switch (B) to disengage
boom lock from boom hooks (unlocked position).

T135183C
3. Lower boom so boom hooks are clear of boom lock.
Release boom lock foot switch.

Engaging the Boom Lock

1. Push and hold boom lock foot switch to raise boom

lock.

2. Raise boom against stops.

–UN–10NOV00
3. Release boom lock foot switch to engage boom lock
with boom hooks (locked position).

T135453B
4. After machine shutdown, move boom control lever to
release hydraulic pressure and put tension on boom
lock.
A—Boom Lock
B—Boom Lock Foot Switch

CED,OUO1079,410 –19–06JUL00–1/1

Operating Swing Lock Pin

IMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,

remove swing lock pin before operating
backhoe.

CED,OUO1079,418 –19–07JUL00–1/1

2-2-17 092206
PN=55
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Operating Backhoe—John Deere Two-Lever

Controls

CAUTION: Several control patterns are available

for this backhoe. Always verify control

–UN–11JUL00
response before operating.

Prevent possible personal injury from

unexpected machine movement. DO NOT

T132032B
operate backhoe unless you are in the
operator’s seat in backhoe operation position
with stabilizers down.

IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage, do not

swing boom into stabilizers.

NOTE: When seat is turned to backhoe operation

position, seat position sensor will sound an
audible alarm and light the STOP indicator if FNR
lever is moved to F or R.

A conversion kit for changing controls is available from

your authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to other
controls MUST be installed.

Operate backhoe with control levers. Move levers as

–UN–11JUL00
shown to maneuver backhoe components in desired
directions.

For faster cycle times, fully extend levers when moving

T132029C
and operate more than one component at a time.

A—Boom Lower
B—Boom Raise
C—Boom Swing Left
D—Boom Swing Right
E—Dipperstick Raise
F—Dipperstick Lower
G—Bucket Load
H—Bucket Dump

CED,OUO1079,413 –19–07JUL00–1/1

2-2-18 092206
PN=56
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Operating Backhoe—Excavator Two-Lever

Controls

CAUTION: Several control patterns are available

for this backhoe. Always verify control

–UN–11JUL00
response before operating.

Prevent possible personal injury from

unexpected machine movement. DO NOT

T132033B
operate backhoe unless you are in the
operator’s seat in backhoe operation position
with stabilizers down.

IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage, do not

swing boom into stabilizers.

NOTE: When seat is turned to backhoe operation

position, seat position sensor will sound an
audible alarm and light the STOP indicator if FNR
lever is moved to F or R.

A conversion kit for changing John Deere two-lever

controls to excavator two-lever controls is available from
your authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to the
controls MUST be installed.

–UN–11JUL00
Operate backhoe with control levers. Move levers as
shown to maneuver backhoe components in desired
directions.

T132029C
For faster cycle times, fully extend levers when moving
and operate more than one component at a time.

A—Boom Lower
B—Boom Raise
C—Boom Swing Left
D—Boom Swing Right
E—Dipperstick Raise
F—Dipperstick Lower
G—Bucket Load
H—Bucket Dump

CED,OUO1079,414 –19–07JUL00–1/1

2-2-19 092206
PN=57
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Operating Backhoe—John Deere Pilot

Controls

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from

unexpected machine movement. Always lock

–UN–12DEC02
hydraulics when not operating backhoe. Never
place any part of body beyond window frame. It
could be crushed by the boom if boom control
lever is accidently bumped or otherwise

T162842B
engaged. Make sure you know the location and
function of each control before operating.

Never place any part of the body beyond the window

frame. Replace missing or broken windows immediately.

The machine is factory equipped with the control pattern

shown.

NOTE: With this control pattern, functions must

correspond to the black-on-yellow labels located
on the cab post.

When a lever is released, it will return to neutral. The

machine will remain positioned.

A control pattern switch can be installed inside the cab.

–UN–11JUL00
See your authorized dealer for a control pattern selector
valve kit. Installation instructions will be provided.

A—Boom Lower

T132029C
B—Boom Raise
C—Boom Swing Left
D—Boom Swing Right
E—Dipperstick Raise
F—Dipperstick Lower
G—Bucket Load
H—Bucket Dump

TX17994,000034D –19–02DEC02–1/1

2-2-20 092206
PN=58
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Operating Backhoe—Excavator Pilot

Controls

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected

machine movement. Always lock hydraulics

–UN–13JAN03
when not operating backhoe. Never place any
part of body beyond window frame. It could be
crushed by the boom if boom control lever is
accidentally bumped or otherwise engaged.

T163835B
Make sure you know the location and function
of each control before operating.

Never place any part of the body beyond the window

frame. Replace missing or broken windows immediately.

NOTE: With this control pattern, functions must

correspond to the black-on-white labels located on
the cab post.

This pattern control is only available with the installation of

the pattern selector valve kit.

When a lever is released, it will return to neutral. The

machine will remain positioned.

A—Boom Lower

–UN–11JUL00
B—Boom Raise
C—Boom Swing Left
D—Boom Swing Right
E—Dipperstick Raise

T132029C
F—Dipperstick Lower
G—Bucket Load
H—Bucket Dump

HG31779,00001C5 –19–13JAN03–1/1

2-2-21 092206
PN=59
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Side-Shifting the Backhoe Boom—315SG

1. Lower stabilizers.

2. Swing the boom fully to its stop in opposite direction of

shift.

–UN–11DEC96
3. Lower bucket to ground so teeth hold firmly.

4. Push and hold sideshift frame lock switch (A) to unlock

T105534
sideshift frame (B) and sideshift rails (C).

5. Operate boom and dipperstick levers to push sideshift

frame in desired direction.

6. Release sideshift frame lock switch to lock sideshift

frame and sideshift rails.

7. Fully extend boom lever or dipperstick lever and hold

–UN–03DEC96
momentarily, to ensure that sideshift frame and
sideshift rails are locked together.

A—Sideshift Frame Lock Switch

T105538
B—Sideshift Frame
C—Sideshift Rails
Two-Lever Configuration Shown

–UN–07NOV00
T135183B

CED,OUO1079,417 –19–07JUL00–1/1

2-2-22 092206
PN=60
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Operating Extendible Dipperstick—If

Equipped

Push extendible dipperstick control pedal with toe or heel

to extend (I) or retract (J) the extendible dipperstick.

–UN–11JUL00
I—Extendible Dipperstick Extend
J—Extendible Dipperstick Retract

T132032C
Optional Two-Lever, Six-Function Configuration Shown

–UN–12DEC02
T162845B
Optional Pilot Controls Shown

–UN–11JUL00
T132029D

CED,OUO1079,419 –19–23JAN03–1/1

2-2-23 092206
PN=61
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Operating Extendible Dipperstick With

Attachments

When using attachments, it is recommended to retract

extendible dipperstick and lock in place. Operating
hydraulic hammers, compactors, etc., with dipperstick

–UN–11OCT96
extended may cause abnormal wear and stress on
dipperstick components and ultimately shorten their life.

T103835
AM40430,0000072 –19–18FEB05–1/1

Operating Extendible Dipperstick Lock—If

Equipped

CAUTION: To prevent serious injury, always

install locking pin from ground.

Always lower backhoe to ground and stop engine before

removing or installing extendible dipperstick locking pin.

Disengaging Extendible Dipperstick Lock

1. Remove quick-lock pin from extendible dipperstick

locking pin (A).

–UN–19JUN00
2. Remove extendible dipperstick locking pin from locking
position (C) and install extendible dipperstick locking
pin in storage position (B).

T131775B
3. Install quick-lock pin on extendible dipperstick locking
pin.
A—Extendible Dipperstick Locking Pin
Engaging Extendible Dipperstick Lock B—Storage Position
C—Locking Position
1. Remove quick-lock pin from extendible dipperstick
locking pin.

2. Remove extendible dipperstick locking pin from storage

position and install extendible dipperstick locking pin in
locking position.

3. Install quick-lock pin on extendible dipperstick locking

pin.

CED,OUO1079,412 –19–07JUL00–1/1

2-2-24 092206
PN=62
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic

Functions—If Equipped

Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Switches

Push the backhoe auxiliary hydraulic function switch (A) to

–UN–01JUL02
activate and deactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic
attachments. The backhoe auxiliary hydraulic function
switch (A) has three positions:

T156920B
• Push upper half to activate the backhoe auxiliary
hydraulic function.
• Push to middle position to transfer control to the
backhoe auxiliary hydraulic function foot switch.
• Push lower half to deactivate the backhoe auxiliary
hydraulic function.

When the backhoe auxiliary hydraulic function switch is in

the middle position, push the backhoe auxiliary hydraulic

–UN–11JUL00
function foot switch (B) to activate and deactivate backhoe
auxiliary hydraulic attachments.

T131758D
Push the backhoe auxiliary hydraulic function switch “Off”
when no attachment is installed, when changing
attachments, or when installed attachments are not in use.
Optional Two-Lever, Six-Function Configuration Shown

Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Switches

Operate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic function control pedal

(C) to control the attachment. See your backhoe auxiliary
hydraulic attachment operator’s manual for more
information.

–UN–13DEC02
A—Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Switch
B—Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Foot Switch
C—Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Control

T162835B
Pedal

Optional Pilot Controls Shown

HG31779,00001E0 –19–28JAN03–1/1

2-2-25 092206
PN=63
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Adjust Auxiliary Flow Control Valve—If

Equipped

Auxiliary hydraulic valve located on backhoe control valve

(2) is equipped with six different flow settings. Each
setting is identified with a numbered decal on adjustment

–UN–24OCT00
knob (1) that represents a value in gallons per minute
(gpm).

To adjust flow, loosen lock nut and turn control knob to

T134794
desired flow. Tighten lock nut.

The settings are:

1—Auxiliary Flow Knob
2—Backhoe Control Valve
• 34 L/min. (9 gpm)
• 49.21 L/min. (13 gpm)
• 60.60 L/min. (16 gpm)
• 68 L/min (18 gpm)
• 83.3 L/min. (22 gpm)
• 94.64 L/min. (25 gpm)

TX03768,0000B08 –19–12SEP00–1/1

2-2-26 092206
PN=64
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Operating Loader Coupler —If Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from

unexpected machine motion. The attachment
could fall if not properly installed to loader

–UN–20DEC04
coupler. Operator must be aware of all
bystanders at the worksite.

1. Position machine on firm, level ground.

T206364A
2. Stop machine. Lower boom.

3. Push in and lift loader coupler switch (1) to the “unlock”

position to retract coupler pins. Loader coupler pin
indicator (2) will illuminate and chime will sound.

4. Operate bucket control to move coupler frame forward.

–UN–20DEC04
5. Drive forward. Guide top of coupler frame into
attachment mounting hooks.

6. Raise boom. Tilt mounting frame rearward until

T206401A
attachment is against coupler.

7. Push coupler switch down to the “lock” position to Right Side Shown
engage coupler pins. Indicator light will turn off and
chime will stop sounding. 1—Loader Coupler Switch—If Equipped
2—Loader Coupler Pin Indicator—If Equipped
3—Loader Coupler Pin Plate (1 on each side)
8. Raise boom. Visually inspect attachment to verify that 4—Loader Coupler Structure (1 on each side)
loader coupler pin plate (3) is pressed against the
loader coupler structure (4) and that the pins are
engaged in attachment mounting holes.

NOTE: If attachment is not properly latched, disconnect

and attach again.

HG31779,000005E –19–17DEC04–1/1

2-2-27 092206
PN=65
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Operating Loader

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from

unexpected machine movement. Operate loader
facing forward in the operator’s seat only.

–UN–21JUL00
IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower the front loader
boom while the engine hood is open.
Always close the engine hood fully

T131727D
before moving the front loader boom, or
severe damage to the engine hood will
occur. See Opening and Closing Engine Optional Three-Function Controls Shown
Hood. (Section 3-2.)

NOTE: Loader control lever will return to neutral if

released during normal loader operation.

Push lever in following directions for corresponding loader

movements:

NOTE: Loader control lever will detent in “Float” when

moved fully forward (A). Loader control lever will
stay in “Float” until it is manually moved.

NOTE: Loader control lever will detent in “Return-to-Dig”

when bucket is dumped and lever is moved fully
left (C). Lever will return to neutral when bucket is

–UN–11JUL00
in dig position.

Loader control lever will give resistance when

boom is raised and lever is held in “Bucket

T132341B
Roll-Back” (C). Lever will return to neutral when
bucket is self-leveled.

Use the “Float” and “Return-to-Dig” detents at the same A—Boom Lower and Float
B—Boom Raise
time to quickly position the front loader bucket for loading,
C—Bucket Roll-Back and Return-to-Dig
as when driving into a pile of material. When front loader D—Bucket Dump
boom and bucket are in correct position, the loader control
lever will automatically release from “Return-to-Dig”
detent, but will remain in “Float” detent.

For faster cycle times, fully extend lever in desired

direction, run engine at fast idle, and move boom and
bucket at same time.

CED,OUO1079,489 –19–20JUL00–1/1

2-2-28 092206
PN=66
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Operating Differential Lock

CAUTION: Prevent injury from loss of machine

control. DO NOT engage differential lock when
driving at high speed, or steering will be

–UN–11JUL00
limited.

Prevent injury from unexpected machine

movement. When poor traction results in one

T131721C
rear tire spinning, slow the tire’s rotation before
engaging differential lock.

Push and hold differential lock switch (A) to lock the rear A—Differential Lock Switch
differential. When rear differential is locked, both rear
wheels turn at the same speed.

Unequal traction will keep the rear differential locked. If

the differential lock foot switch is released, the differential
lock disengages automatically when traction evens out.
Hold differential lock switch continuously to keep rear
differential locked when traction is even.

CED,OUO1079,422 –19–07JUL00–1/1

2-2-29 092206
PN=67
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Operating Mechanical Front Wheel Drive

(MFWD)—If Equipped

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible gear damage.

Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD)
can be engaged and disengaged while

–UN–01JUL02
driving, except in cases of unequal
traction. Machine must be stopped
before engaging MFWD during unequal
traction.

T156922B
NOTE: For best performance, fuel economy, and tire
wear, operate MFWD only when needed.

To achieve best MFWD performance, be sure

front tires are inflated to proper air pressure. See
Tire Inflation Pressures. (Section 3-3.)

NOTE: It may take several seconds for MFWD to engage

–UN–15JUN00
or disengage depending on the mechanical
gearing of the MFWD assembly.

T131717B
Push MFWD switch (A) up to engage MFWD drive shaft.
MFWD indicator (B) will remain lit while MFWD is
engaged.
A—MFWD Switch
Push MFWD switch down to disengage MFWD. B—MFWD Indicator

CED,OUO1079,390 –19–19JUN00–1/1

2-2-30 092206
PN=68
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Lifting

CAUTION: Never move the load suddenly. Never

move load over person’s head. DO NOT allow
any persons near the load. Keep all persons
away from raised load until blocks are

–UN–17DEC96
supporting it or load is sitting on the ground.

Make sure chain/sling is in good condition and

is rated for load you are lifting.

T105290
1. For maximum lifting capability, attach chain/sling to Lifting With Front Loader
buckets at positions shown. Refer to Specifications
section for capacities of backhoe.

2. Attach a hand line to load for stability. Use long

enough line to ensure that person holding it is a safe
distance from load.

–UN–20NOV96
3. Before lifting, perform following test of load stability:

NOTE: If using backhoe to lift, raise rear tires off ground

50 mm (2 in.) and ensure machine is level. If

T105289
ground is soft, place boards or other wide support
under stabilizer feet to increase stability.
Lifting With Backhoe
a. Park machine close to load.

b. Attach load to chain/sling.

c. Raise load 50 mm (2 in.) above ground.

d. If using backhoe, swing load all the way to one

side.

e. While keeping load close to the ground, extend it

away from machine.

If there is any indication of reduced stability of your

machine, lower load to the ground and make necessary
adjustments so machine can successfully perform test. Do
not lift load until machine can perform test at acceptable
level.

TX,35,BG257 –19–29AUG97–1/1

2-2-31 092206
PN=69
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Parking the Machine

IMPORTANT: Before stopping engine that has been

operating at working load, idle at 1/3
speed for 1—2 minutes to cool hot
parts. If engine stalls while operating

–UN–20JUN00
under load, restart immediately and idle
at 1/3 speed for 1—2 minutes before
stopping to allow coolant to continue
circulating through engine.

T131803C
IMPORTANT: Turbocharger, if equipped, may be
damaged if engine is not properly shut
down. A—FNR Lever
B—Gearshift Lever (If Equipped)

1. Park machine on a level surface.

2. Lower all equipment to ground.

3. With manual shift transmission: Move FNR lever (A)

and gearshift lever (B) to N.

With powershift transmission: Move FNR lever to N.

Continued on next page HG31779,000001E –19–16APR02–1/2

2-2-32 092206
PN=70
 Operation—Operating The Machine

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from

unexpected machine movement. Never rely on
FNR lever and gearshift lever to keep machine
from moving. Always engage park brake to hold
machine.

–UN–03JUL02
4. Push left half of park brake switch (C) to engage park
brake.

T156968B
5. Move engine speed control lever (E) to 1/3 speed and
run engine with no load for 1—2 minutes.

6. Move engine speed control lever to slow idle.

7. Turn key switch (F) to “Off” to stop engine. Remove

key from key switch.

8. Release hydraulic pressure by moving control levers

–UN–25OCT00
until equipment does not move.

C—Park Brake Switch

D—Ride Control Switch—If Equipped

T131729D
E—Engine Speed Control Lever
F—Key Switch

HG31779,000001E –19–16APR02–2/2

2-2-33 092206
PN=71
 Operation—Operating The Machine
Loading Machine on a Trailer
1. Keep trailer bed clean. Put wheel chocks against
trailer wheels.
2. Use a ramp or loading dock. Ramps must be strong
enough, have a low angle, and correct height. Load
and unload machine on a level surface.
3. Fasten seat belt before starting engine. Allow
engine to run for several minutes.
4. Install the extendible dipperstick locking pin, if
equipped, and engage the backhoe swing lock.
5. Drive the machine up ramps slowly with centerline
of machine over centerline of trailer.
6. Lower loader bucket onto blocks or trailer bed.
7. Lower backhoe boom until bucket rests on trailer
bed.
2-2-34
8. Stop engine.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible hydraulic system
damage. Fasten chains or cables to
machine at proper locations.
9. Fasten chains or cables from trailer to frame
tie-downs. Do not route chains or cables over or
against hydraulic lines or hoses.
10. Fasten backhoe bucket to trailer with chains or
cables to prevent movement during transport.
11. Cover engine exhaust pipe opening with tape to
keep dust and rain out of pipe.
HG31779,000007C –19–31AUG05–1/1
092206
PN=72
 Operation—Operating The Machine

Towing

IMPORTANT: Engine cannot be started by towing.

Damage to transmission may result. DO
NOT tow machine faster than 10 km/hr
(6 mph) or any longer than one hour.

Towing IS NOT recommended. If you MUST tow machine,

use the following procedure:

1. Stop engine.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or death from

unexpected machine movement. Block wheels
to prevent machine movement before
disengaging park brake.

2. Block tires securely.

3. Attach towing machine and towed machine as closely

together as possible with chains.

4. If your machine is equipped with mechanical front

wheel drive (MFWD), remove the front axle drive shaft.

5. Move gearshift lever and FNR lever to N.

OUO1079,0000285 –19–19SEP00–1/3

6. Remove front half of rubber mat from floor of

operator’s station. Remove cap screws (A) and cab
floor access plate (B).

A—Cap Screw (4 used)

B—Cab Floor Access Plate

–UN–25JUL00
T132861B

Continued on next page OUO1079,0000285 –19–19SEP00–2/3

2-2-35 092206
PN=73
 Operation—Operating The Machine

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to park brake

assembly from heat build-up, park
brake must be manually disengaged.

7. Release park brake manually for towing. Loosen hex

nuts (B) and turn both park brake adjustment cap

–UN–13JUL00
screws (A) completely in.

8. Remove blocks from tires and tow machine.

T132351B
9. When towing is completed, block tires and engage
park brake to hold machine. Turn both park brake
adjustment cap screws out to specification (C) as
illustrated.

Specification
Park Brake Adjustment Cap
Screw-to-Park Brake Housing—
Distance ......................................................... 27 + 1 mm (1.06 + 0.04 in.)

–UN–10SEP96
10. Tighten hex nuts to lock cap screws in position.

11. Install central floor access plate and rubber floor mat.

T102655
12. Install front axle drive shaft, if removed.

A—Park Brake Adjustment Cap Screw (2 used)

B—Hex Nut (2 used)
C—Specification

OUO1079,0000285 –19–19SEP00–3/3

2-2-36 092206
PN=74
 Maintenance—Machine
Diesel Fuel
Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the
diesel fuel available in your area.
In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low
temperature requirements of the geographical area in
which they are marketed.
Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are
recommended.
Required fuel properties
In all cases, the fuel shall meet the following
properties:
Cetane number of 45 minimum. Cetane number
greater than 50 is preferred, especially for
temperatures below -20°C (-4°F) or elevations above
1500 m (5000 ft).
Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) below the
expected low temperature OR Cloud Point at least
5°C (9°F) below the expected low temperature.
Fuel lubricity should pass a minimum level of 3100
grams as measured by ASTM D6078 or maximum
3-1-1
scar diameter of 0.45 mm as measured by ASTM
D6079 or ISO 12156-1.
Sulfur content:
• Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must
comply with all existing emissions regulations for the
area in which the engine operates.
• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than
0.10% (1000 ppm) is STRONGLY recommended.
• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 0.10% (1000
ppm to 0.50% (5000 ppm) may result in REDUCED
oil and filter change intervals.
• BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greater
than 0.50% (5000 ppm), contact your John Deere
dealer.
• DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater
than 1.0%.
IMPORTANT: Do not mix used diesel engine oil or
any other type of lubricating oil with
diesel fuel.
IMPORTANT: Improper fuel additive usage may
cause damage on fuel injection
equipment of diesel engines.
DX,FUEL1 –19–17NOV05–1/1
092206
PN=75
 Maintenance—Machine
Bio-Diesel Fuel
Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the
bio-diesel fuel available in your area.
Bio-diesel fuels may be used ONLY if the bio-diesel
fuel properties meet the latest edition of ASTM D6751,
EN 14214, or equivalent specification.
It is recommended to purchase bio-diesel fuel blended
with B100 from a BQ-9000 Accredited Producer or a
BQ-9000 Certified Marketer as recommended by the
National Bio-diesel Board.
The maximum allowable bio-diesel concentration is a
5% blend (also known as B5) in petroleum diesel fuel.
It has been found that bio-diesel fuels may improve
lubricity in concentrations up to this 5% blend.
When using a blend of bio-diesel fuel, the engine oil
level must be checked daily when the air temperature
is –10°C (14°F) or lower. If oil becomes diluted with
fuel, shorten oil change intervals accordingly.
IMPORTANT: Raw pressed vegetable oils are NOT
acceptable for use as fuel in any
concentration in John Deere
engines.
These oils do not burn completely,
and will cause engine failure by
3-1-2
leaving deposits on injectors and in
the combustion chamber.
A major environmental benefit of bio-diesel fuel is its
ability to biodegrade. This makes proper storage and
handling of bio-diesel fuel especially important. Areas
of concern include:
• Quality of new fuel
• Water content of the fuel
• Problems due to aging of the fuel
Potential problems resulting from deficiencies in the
above areas when using bio-diesel fuel in
concentrations above 5% may lead to the following
symptoms:
• Power loss and deterioration of performance
• Fuel leakage
• Corrosion of fuel injection equipment
• Coked and/or blocked injector nozzles, resulting in
engine misfire
• Filter plugging
• Lacquering and/or seizure of internal components
• Sludge and sediments
• Reduced service life of engine components
Consult your fuel supplier for additives to improve
storage and performance of bio-diesel fuels.
DX,FUEL7 –19–14NOV05–1/1
092206
PN=76
 Maintenance—Machine

Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner

When possible, use existing fuel formulations for engines

used off-highway. This fuel will not require any additives
to provide good performance and engine reliability.
However, many local fuel distributors will not carry both
low and regular sulfur diesel fuels.

If the local fuel distributor will supply only low sulfur fuel,
order and use John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL
CONDITIONER. It provides lubricating properties along
with other useful benefits, such as cetane improver,
anti-oxidant, fuel stabilizer, corrosion inhibitor and others.
John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER is
specifically for use with low sulfur fuels. Nearly all other
diesel fuel conditioners only improve cold weather flow
and stabilize long-term fuel storage. They do not contain
the lubrication additives needed by rotary fuel injection
pumps.

TX,45,JC2126 –19–15AUG97–1/1

Testing Diesel Fuel

DIESELSCAN is a John Deere fuel analysis program

that can be used to monitor the quality of your fuel. The
DIESELSCAN analysis verifies fuel type, cleanliness,
water content, suitability for cold weather operation, and
whether the fuel meets specifications.

Check with your John Deere dealer for availability of

DIESELSCAN kits.

DIESELSCAN is a trademark of Deere & Company DX,FUEL6 –19–14NOV05–1/1

3-1-3 092206
PN=77
 Maintenance—Machine

Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel

When using bio-diesel fuel, the fuel filter may require

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. Do not fill
more frequent replacement due to premature plugging.
the fuel tank when engine is running.
Check engine oil level daily prior to starting engine. A
DO NOT smoke while you fill the fuel tank or
rising oil level may indicate fuel dilution of the engine
service the fuel system.
oil.
Fill the fuel tank at the end of each day’s operation to
IMPORTANT: The fuel tank is vented through the
prevent water condensation and freezing during cold
filler cap. If a new filler cap is
weather.
required, always replace it with an
original vented cap.
Keep all storage tanks as full as practicable to
minimize condensation.
When fuel is stored for an extended period or if there
is a slow turnover of fuel, add a fuel conditioner to
Ensure that all fuel tank caps and covers are installed
stabilize the fuel and prevent water condensation.
properly to prevent moisture from entering.
Contact your fuel supplier for recommendations.
Monitor water content of the fuel regularly.

DX,FUEL4 –19–19DEC03–1/1

Alternative And Synthetic Lubricants

Conditions in certain geographical areas may require
lubricant recommendations different from those printed
in this manual. Some John Deere brand coolants and
lubricants may not be available in your location.
Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the
performance requirements as shown in this manual.
The temperature limits and service intervals shown in
this manual apply to both conventional and synthetic
oils.
Avoid mixing different brands or types of oils. Oil
manufacturers blend base stock and additives to
create their oils and to meet certain specifications and
performance requirements. Mixing different oils can
interfere with proper functioning of these formulations
and degrade lubricant performance.
Consult your authorized dealer to obtain specific
information and recommendations.

Re-refined base stock products may be used if the

finished lubricant meets the performance requirements.

AM40430,00000AA –19–01JUN06–1/1

3-1-4 092206
PN=78
 Maintenance—Machine

Diesel Engine Break-In Oil

New engines are filled at the factory with John Deere
ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL. During the break-in period,
add John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL as needed to
maintain the specified oil level.
Change the oil and filter after the first 100 hours of
operation of a new or rebuilt engine.
After engine overhaul, fill the engine with John Deere
ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL.
• ACEA Oil Sequence E1
After the break-in period, use John Deere PLUS-50
or other diesel engine oil as recommended in this
manual.
IMPORTANT: Do not use PLUS-50 oil or engine
oils meeting any of the following
during the first 100 hours of
operation of a new or rebuilt engine:

If John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL is not available, API CI-4 PLUS API CF
use a diesel engine oil meeting one of the following API CI-4 ACEA E7
API CH-4 ACEA E6
during the first 100 hours of operation: API CG-4 ACEA E5
API CF-4 ACEA E4
• API Service Classification CE API CF-2 ACEA E3
• API Service Classification CD
• API Service Classification CC These oils will not allow the engine
• ACEA Oil Sequence E2 to break-in properly.

PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company. DX,ENOIL4 –19–19DEC05–1/1

3-1-5 092206
PN=79
 Maintenance—Machine

Diesel Engine Oil

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature

range during the period between oil changes.

John Deere PLUS-50 oil is preferred

Oils meeting one of the following specifications are also

recommended:

• ACEA Oil Sequence E7

• ACEA Oil Sequence E6
• ACEA Oil Sequence E5
• ACEA Oil Sequence E4

–UN–18DEC03
Extended service intervals may apply when John Deere
PLUS-50, ACEA E7, ACEA E6, ACEA E5, or ACEA E4
engine oils are used. Consult your John Deere dealer for
more information.

TS1681
Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the
following:

• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME

• API Service Category CI-4 PLUS
• API Service Category CI-4
• API Service Category CH-4
• API Service Category CG-4
• API Service Category CF-4
• ACEA Oil Sequence E3
• ACEA Oil Sequence E2

If oils meeting API CG-4, API CF-4, or ACEA E2 are

used, reduce the service interval by 50%.

Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.

Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must comply

with all existing emissions regulations for the area in
which the engine operates. If diesel fuel with sulfur
content greater than 0.50% (5000 ppm) is used, reduce
the service interval by 50%. DO NOT use diesel fuel with
sulfur content greater than 1.00% (10 000 ppm).

PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company

TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company DX,ENOIL –19–23NOV05–1/1

3-1-6 092206
PN=80
 Maintenance—Machine

Transmission, Hydraulic, Axles, and

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil (S.N.—
951252)

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature

range during the period between oil changes.

The following oils are preferred:

• John Deere HY-GARD

• John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD

Other oils may be used if they meet one of the following:

–UN–10OCT97
• John Deere Standard JDM J20C
• John Deere Standard JDM J20D

Use the following oil when a biodegradable fluid is

TS1660
required:

• John Deere BIO-HY-GARD

HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

BIO-HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company AM40430,0000210 –19–28OCT05–1/1

3-1-7 092206
PN=81
 Maintenance—Machine

Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front

Wheel Drive Oil (310G, 310SG SN. 951253—)
(315SG S.N. 200001—)

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature

range during the period between oil changes.

The following oils are preferred:

• John Deere HY-GARD

• John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD

Other oils may be used if they meet one of the following:

–UN–10OCT97
• John Deere Standard JDM J20C
• John Deere Standard JDM J20D

Use the following oil when a biodegradable fluid is

TS1660
required:

• John Deere BIO-HY-GARD

HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

BIO-HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company AM40430,0000211 –19–28OCT05–1/1

3-1-8 092206
PN=82
 Maintenance—Machine

Hydraulic Oil (310G, 310SG S.N. 951253—)

(315SG S.N. 200001—)

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature 50˚C 122˚F
range during the period between oil changes.
40˚C 104˚F
The following oil is preferred:
30˚C 86˚F
• John Deere PLUS-50

SAE 15W-40

SAE 30
SAE 10W-40
20˚C 68˚F
The following oil is also recommended:

SAE 5W-40
SAE 5W-30
10˚C 50˚F
• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME 

0˚C 32˚F
Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the
following: -10˚C 14˚F

-20˚C -4˚F
• API Service Classification CH-4
• API Service Classification CG-4
-30˚C -22˚F
• API Service Classification CF-4

–UN–05OCT01
• ACEA Specification E3 -40˚C -40˚F
• ACEA Specification E2

Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.

TS1668
If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% is used,
reduce the service interval by 50%.

Extended service intervals may apply when John Deere

preferred engine oils are used. Consult your John Deere
dealer for more information.

PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.

TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a registered trademark of Deere &
Company AM40430,0000212 –19–28OCT05–1/1

3-1-9 092206
PN=83
 Maintenance—Machine

Grease

Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and the

expected air temperature range during the service interval.

John Deere SD POLYUREA GREASE is preferred.

The following greases are also recommended

• John Deere HD LITHIUM COMPLEX GREASE

• John Deere HD WATER RESISTANT GREASE
• John Deere GREASE-GARD

Other greases may be used if they meet the following:

–UN–31OCT03
NLGI Performance Classification GC-LB

IMPORTANT: Some types of grease thickeners are

not compatible with others. Consult

TS1673
your grease supplier before mixing
different types of grease

GREASE-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company DX,GREA1 –19–07NOV03–1/1

Grease For Extendible Dipperstick, Sideshift

Frame, And Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips

SAE Multipurpose Grease with Extreme Pressure (EP)

performance and containing 3 to 5 per cent molybdenum
disulfide (preferred).

TX,45,BD1972 –19–24SEP96–1/1

3-1-10 092206
PN=84
 Maintenance—Machine
Diesel Engine Coolant
The engine cooling system is filled to provide
year-round protection against corrosion and cylinder
liner pitting, and winter freeze protection to -37°C
(-34°F). If protection at lower temperatures is required,
consult your John Deere dealer for recommendations.
John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant is
preferred for service.
John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant is
available in a concentration of either 50% ethylene
glycol or 55% propylene glycol.
Additional recommended coolants
The following engine coolant is also recommended:
• John Deere COOL-GARD Coolant Concentrate in a
40% to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality
water.
John Deere COOL-GARD coolants do not require use
of supplemental coolant additives, except for periodic
replenishment of additives during the drain interval.
Other fully formulated coolants
Other fully formulated low silicate ethylene or
propylene glycol base coolants for heavy-duty engines
may be used if they meet one of the following
specifications:
• ASTM D6210 prediluted (50%) coolant
• ASTM D6210 coolant concentrate in a 40% to 60%
mixture of concentrate with quality water
Coolants meeting ASTM D6210 do not require use of
supplemental coolant additives, except for periodic
replenishment of additives during the drain interval.
Coolants requiring supplemental coolant additives
COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
3-1-11
Other low silicate ethylene glycol base coolants for
heavy-duty engines may also be used if they meet one
of the following specifications:
• ASTM D4985 ethylene glycol base prediluted (50%)
coolant
• ASTM D4985 ethylene glycol base coolant
concentrate in a 40% to 60% mixture of concentrate
with quality water
Coolants meeting ASTM D4985 require an initial
charge of supplemental coolant additives, formulated
for protection of heavy duty diesel engines against
corrosion and cylinder liner erosion and pitting. They
also require periodic replenishment of additives during
the drain interval.
Other coolants
It is possible that neither John Deere COOL-GARD nor
coolants meeting one of the coolant standards listed
above is available in the geographical area where
service is performed. If these coolants are unavailable,
use a coolant concentrate or prediluted coolant with a
quality additive package that provides cylinder liner
cavitation protection and protects the cooling system
metals (cast iron, aluminum alloys, and copper alloys
such as brass) from corrosion.
The additive package must be part of one of the
following coolant mixtures:
• ethylene glycol or propylene glycol base prediluted
(40% to 60%) coolant
• ethylene glycol or propylene glycol base coolant
concentrate in a 40% to 60% mixture of concentrate
with quality water
Water quality
Continued on next page DX,COOL3 –19–27OCT05–1/2
092206
PN=85
 Maintenance—Machine

Water quality is important to the performance of the IMPORTANT: Do not mix ethylene glycol and
cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized propylene glycol base coolants.
water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol
and propylene glycol base engine coolant concentrate.

IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealing

additives or antifreeze that contains
sealing additives.

DX,COOL3 –19–27OCT05–2/2

3-1-12 092206
PN=86
 Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance
Service Your Machine at Specified Intervals

Lubricate and make service checks and adjustments at

intervals shown on the periodic maintenance chart (A),
greasing maintenance chart (B), and in the maintenance
sections.

–UN–13JUL00
Perform service on items at multiples of the original
requirement. For example, at 500 hours also service those
items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours,

T132353B
and 10 hours or daily.

Intervals shown on charts and in this manual are for

normal conditions. If operating in difficult conditions, A—Periodic Maintenance Chart
B—Greasing Maintenance Chart
service at shorter intervals.

CED,OUO1079,418 –19–10JUL00–1/1

Check Hour Meter Regularly

1
Check hour meter on the control console to determine
when your machine needs periodic maintenance. See
Section (2-1).
SELECT

–UN–29MAY02
n/min

T155245
CED,OUO1079,386 –19–13SEP05–1/1

3-2-1 092206
PN=87
 Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance
Prepare Machine for Maintenance
IMPORTANT: Improperly disposing of waste can
threaten the environment and
ecology. Potentially harmful waste
used with John Deere equipment
includes such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and
batteries. Do not pour waste onto
the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
Before performing procedures in the maintenance
chapters and before leaving the operator’s seat, park
the machine, and release hydraulic pressure.
CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or death
from unexpected machine movement.
Always install the loader boom service lock,
Loader Boom Service Lock
Install loader boom service lock when front loader
must be raised for service procedures.
IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower the front loader
boom while the engine hood is open.
Always close the engine hood fully
before moving the front loader
boom, or severe damage to the
engine hood will occur.
Installing the Loader Boom Service Lock
1. Close engine hood.
2. Empty loader bucket and move bucket to dump
position.
3. Raise boom until loader boom service lock can fit
over cylinder rod.
4. Stop engine.
3-2-2
or lower the front loader boom fully to the
ground, and move control levers to release
hydraulic pressure before working near the
front of the machine. See Loader Boom
Service Lock in this section for installation
instructions.
Raise the front loader boom and install the loader
boom service lock before performing maintenance in
the engine compartment. See Loader Boom Service
Lock in this section.
If the machine is equipped with ride control, discharge
hydraulic pressure from the ride control system before
performing maintenance. See Discharge Ride Control
System Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. (Section
4-1.)
CED,OUO1079,419 –19–18JAN02–1/1
5. Remove cotter pin and retaining pin, and lower
loader boom service lock onto cylinder rod.
6. Install retaining pin and cotter pin to attach loader
boom service lock on cylinder rod.
7. Slowly lower boom until its weight settles onto the
loader boom service lock.
Removing the Loader Boom Service Lock
1. Close engine hood.
2. Start engine and raise boom slightly to allow
clearance between loader boom service lock and
cylinder.
3. Remove cotter pin and retaining pin.
4. Lift loader boom service lock to storage position,
and install retaining pin and cotter pin to retain.
HG31779,000007D –19–14MAY02–1/1
092206
PN=88
 Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

Opening and Closing Engine Hood

CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or death from

unexpected machine movement. Always install
the loader boom service lock, or lower the front

–UN–24OCT02
loader boom fully to the ground, and move
control levers to release hydraulic pressure
before working near the front of the machine.

T158496B
IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower front loader boom
while the engine hood is open. Always
close engine hood fully before moving
front loader boom, or severe damage to 1—Hood Tilt Latch
hood will occur.

NOTE: The engine hood can be partially opened when

the front loader boom is lowered fully to the
ground. To fully open the engine hood, the front
loader boom must be fully raised and the loader
boom service lock must be installed.

Push hood tilt latch (1) and lift hood to open.

HG31779,000007E –19–14MAY02–1/1

Fuel Tank

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine is

hot or running, DO NOT fill the fuel tank. DO
NOT smoke while you fill fuel tank or work on
fuel system.

To avoid condensation, fill the fuel tank at the end of each

day’s operation. Shut off engine before filling.

Specification
Fuel Tank—Capacity ...........................................................136 L (36 gal)

OUO1079,000028C –19–22SEP00–1/1

3-2-3 092206
PN=89
 Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

Maintenance and Repair Record Keeping

System

The checklist in this section summarizes scheduled

maintenance, and parts and oil required at each
maintenance interval.

Use the checklist to:

• Remind you to perform machine maintenance at

specified intervals to minimize downtime.
• Calculate cost of machine operation and ownership
allowing you to make better job estimates.
• Place yourself in a stronger position at trade-in time.
• Satisfy your SECURE contract requirements.

As maintenance is performed, check off each item on the

list and record date and hour meter reading.

Do not tear out or mark on checklist in this section; keep it

–UN–27JUN91
to make extra copies.

T7511CO
TX,50,FF2898 –19–29JUN06–1/1

3-2-4 092206
PN=90
 Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

Fluid Analysis Program Test Kits and 3-Way

Coolant Test Kit

Fluid Analysis Program Test Kits and the 3-Way Coolant

Test Kit are John Deere fluid sampling products to help

–UN–20FEB06
you monitor machine maintenance and system condition.
The objective of a fluid sampling program is to ensure
machine availability when you need it and to reduce repair
costs by identifying potential problems before they

TX1003513A
become critical.

Engine, hydraulic, power train, and coolant samples

should be taken from each system on a periodic basis,
usually prior to a filter and/or fluid change interval. Certain
systems require more frequent sampling. Consult your
authorized dealer on a maintenance program for your
specific application. Your dealer has the sampling
products and expertise to assist you in lowering your
overall operating costs through fluid sampling.

–UN–16SEP97
T111410
3-Way Coolant Test Kit

AM40430,00002FE –19–07SEP06–1/1

3-2-5 092206
PN=91
 Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

Service Intervals

SERVICE INTERVALS
Service your machine at intervals shown on this chart. Also, perform service on items at multiples of the original requirement. For example, at
500 hours also service those items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours, 50 hours, and 10 hours or daily.

As Required

• Check and adjust loader and backhoe boom locks
• Inspect tires and check pressure
• Check wheel fasteners
• Clean or replace cab fresh air and recirculation filters (if equipped)
• Inspect and clean hydraulic reservoir fill screen
• Drain water and sediment from fuel tank
• Clean or replace engine air filter elements
• Drain water and sediment from water separator
• Clean air cleaner dust unloader valve
• Inspect belt
• Grease MFWD drive shaft spline (if equipped)
• Grease side shift frame - 315SG
• Grease stabilizer leg wear strips - 315SG
• Grease extendible dipperstick (if equipped)
• Grease non-powered front wheel bearings (if equipped)

Every 10 Hours or Daily

• Check hydraulic reservoir oil level • Grease backhoe bucket linkage pivots and cylinder rod ends
• Check engine oil level • Grease backhoe pivot points
• Check coolant level • Grease front axle and steering cylinder pivots
• Grease loader pivot points • Grease MFWD front axle U-joints (if equipped)
• Grease stabilizers and pivots • Grease loader quick coupler (if equipped)

Initial Service - 100 Hours*

• Change engine break-in oil and replace filter • Replace transmission oil filter

* Perform initial service once after the first 100 hours of

operation.

Continued on next page VD76477,000047E –19–01JUN06–1/2

3-2-6 092206
PN=92
 Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

Model: 310G, 310SG, and 315SG Customer:

PIN/Serial Number: Delivery Date: Hour Meter Reading:
OIL SAMPLING
Oil samples should be taken from each system prior to its recommended drain or change interval indicated on this form: 250, 500, 1000
hours. Maintenance recommendations supplied by OILSCAN PLUS will be provided based upon the oil analysis and operating information
you supply. Regular oil sampling will extend the operational life of your machine’s systems.

Every 250 Hours

❒ Check MFWD planetary housing oil level (if equipped) ❒ Check rear axle fluid level
❒ Check MFWD front axle housing oil level (if equipped) ❒ Check transmission fluid level
❒ Check battery electrolyte level and terminals ❒ Take hydraulic fluid sample
❒ Take engine fluid sample

Comments:

Date: Hour Meter Reading:

Maintenance Performed By:

Every 500 Hours

❒ Check coolant conditioner ❒ Replace hydraulic reservoir breather

❒ Check air intake hose ❒ Drain, warm and refill engine oil and replace engine oil filter
❒ Replace hydraulic oil filter ❒ Replace final fuel filter
❒ Check boom-to-dipperstick pivot pin bolt torque ❒ Take engine coolant sample
❒ Take rear axle fluid sample ❒ Take transmission fluid sample
❒ Take diesel fuel sample

Comments:

Date: Hour Meter Reading:

Maintenance Performed By:

Every 1000 Hours

❒ Clean, pack, and adjust non-power front wheel bearings (if

equipped)
❒ Drain and refill MFWD planetary housing oil (if equipped)
❒ Drain and refill MFWD front axle housing oil (if equipped)
❒ Clean engine crankcase vent tube
❒ Replace transmission oil filter
❒Replace pilot control filter (S.N.—943092)
❒ Drain and refill rear axle oil
❒ Check engine speed
❒ Drain and refill hydraulic reservoir oil
❒ Drain and refill transmission and torque converter oil
❒ Replace engine air filter elements

Comments:

Date: Hour Meter Reading:

Maintenance Performed By:

Every 2000 Hours

❒ Adjust engine valve lash

Comments:

Date: Hour Meter Reading:

Maintenance Performed By:

VD76477,000047E –19–01JUN06–2/2

3-2-7 092206
PN=93
 Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

Required Parts

REQUIRED PARTS
Ensure machine performance and availability; use only genuine John Deere parts. Verify part numbers are current and that any associated
parts are also on hand, i.e., filter O-rings.

Initial Service Every 250 Every 500 Every 1000 Every 2000
Description Part Number - 100 Hours Hours Hours Hours Hours
Engine Oil Filter RE504836 1 1 1 1
Hydraulic Oil Filter AT228474 1 1 1
Hydraulic Reservoir Breather Filter AT101565 1 1 1
Final Fuel Filter RE509031 1 1 1
Transmission Filter AT179323 1 1 1
Air Filter (Primary) AT171853 1 1
Air Filter (Secondary) AT171854 1 1
Pilot Control Filter (S.N.—943092) AT183869 1 1
Engine Rocker Arm Cover Gasket R123542 1
Cab Fresh Air Filter AT191102 As Needed
Cab Recirculation Filter AT184590 As Needed
Coolant Conditioner (As Needed) TY16004 As Needed
PLUS-50 Oil (15W-40/CH-4 or better):
Turbocharged TY6389* 13 L (13.7 qt) 13 L (13.7 qt) 13 L (13.7 qt) 13 L (13.7 qt)
Naturally Aspirated (310G Only) TY6389* 7.5 L (7.9 qt) 7.5 L (7.9 qt) 7.5 L (7.9 qt) 7.5 L (7.9 qt)
HY-GARD Transmission and Hydraulic Oil (J20C) (S.N. —951252):
Transmission TY6354* 15 L (16 qt) 15 L (16 qt)
Hydraulic System TY6354* 37 L (39 qt) 37 L (39 qt)
MFWD TY6354* 6.5 L (8.0 qt) 6.5 L (8.0 qt)
Rear Axle TY6354* 16 L (17 qt) 16 L (17 qt)
HY-GARD Transmission Oil (J20C) (310G, 310SG S.N.951253—) (315SG S.N. 200001—):
Transmission TY6354* 15 L (16 qt) 15 L (16 qt)
MFWD TY6354* 6.5 L (8.0 qt) 6.5 L (8.0 qt)
Rear Axle TY6354* 16 L (17 qt) 16 L (17 qt)
PLUS-50 Hydraulic Oil (310G, 310SG TY6389* 37 L (39 qt) 37 L (39 qt)
S.N.951253—) (315SG S.N.
200001—)
Fluid Analysis Kits:
Diesel Engine Oil AT317904 1 1 1 1
Transmission Oil and Rear Axle AT303189 2 2 2
Hydraulic Oil Tank AT303189 1 1 1 1
3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant Test Kit TY16175 1 1 1
COOLSCAN PLUS Kit AT183016 1 1 1
DIESELSCAN AT180344 1 1 1

* For recommended oil viscosities based on operating

temperatures see Maintenance-Machine. (Section 3-1).

VD76477,000047F –19–19JUN06–1/1

3-2-8 092206
PN=94
 Maintenance—As Required
Inspect Loader Boom Service Lock

1. Inspect loader boom service lock (A), cotter pin, and

retaining pin to ensure that all are in good condition.

2. Verify that warning decal is in place.

–UN–07NOV00
3. See your authorized dealer for replacement parts.

T131855C
A—Loader Boom Service Lock

CED,OUO1079,579 –19–24AUG00–1/1

Check and Adjust Boom Lock-310G, 310SG

Checking Boom Lock Operation

1. Operate the boom lock lever repeatedly to verify proper

operation. See Operating Boom Lock. (Section 2-2.)

–UN–11DEC96
2. If boom lock is out of adjustment, adjust per procedure.

Adjusting the Boom Lock

T105667
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to lock, adjust lock so
it is able to pass through full range of Right Side Shown
motion. Lock must go down to post (E)
A—Stop (4 used)
and up to stops (A). B—Pin (2 used)
C—Yoke (2 used)
Perform the following adjustment for both the left and right D—Jam Nut (2 used)
boom locks: E—Post (2 used)

NOTE: Boom lock is not shim adjustable.

1. Operate the machine and engage the boom lock. Stop

the engine.

2. Remove pin (B) from boom lock.

3. Adjust position of yoke (C) so when the boom lock

control lever is at rest, yoke is aligned with pin
mounting hole.

4. Tighten jam nut (D) to hold yoke in adjusted position.

5. Install pin.

6. Check boom lock operation per procedure to verify

proper operation.

OUO1079,000025A –19–16APR02–1/1

3-3-1 092206
PN=95
 Maintenance—As Required

Check Tire Pressure

CAUTION: Explosive separation of a tire and

rim parts can cause serious injury or death.

Only attempt to mount a tire if you have the

proper equipment and experience to perform
the job. Have it done by your John Deere dealer
or a qualified repair service.

Always maintain the correct tire pressure. DO

NOT inflate the tires above the recommended
pressure. NEVER cut or weld on an inflated tire
or rim assembly, rim, or rim parts. Heat from
welding could cause an increase in pressure
and may result in a tire explosion.

When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and

extension hose long enough to allow you to
stand to one side and NOT in front of or over
the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.

–UN–23AUG88
Inspect tires and wheels daily. DO NOT operate
with low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged

TS211
rims, or missing lug bolts and nuts.

Check tire pressure with an accurate gauge having 6.9

kPa (0.07 bar) (1 psi) graduations. If tires contain liquid
ballast, use a special air-water gauge and measure with
valve stem at bottom.

When inflating tires be sure to lock air chuck to valve

stem and stand to front or rear of tire.

TX,55,BD2138 –19–07OCT96–1/1

3-3-2 092206
PN=96
 Maintenance—As Required

Tire Inflation Pressures

NOTE: Shipping pressure may not be the same as

operating pressure. You may change tire
pressures to suit working condition according to
tire manufacturer’s recommendations.

Item Measurement Specification

Front Tires

11L-15 8PR F3 Pressure 303 kPa

3.0 bar
44 psi

11L-16 12PR F3 Pressure 441 kPa

4.4 bar
64 psi

12L-16.5 8PR SS-1 Pressure 414 kPa

4.1 bar
60 psi

12.5/80-18 10PR I-3 (MFWD) Pressure 310 kPa

3.1 bar
45 psi

16.5L-16.1 10PR I-1 Pressure 276 kPa

2.76 bar
40 psi

14.5/75-16.1 10PR F-3 Pressure 276 kPa

2.76 bar
40 psi

15-19.5 8PR SS-1 Pressure 276 kPa

2.76 bar
40 psi

15-19.5 12PR SS-1 Pressure 414 kPa

4.1 bar
60 psi

Continued on next page OUO6043,0001929 –19–20FEB06–1/2

3-3-3 092206
PN=97
 Maintenance—As Required

Item Measurement Specification

Rear Tires

16.9-24 8PR R4 Pressure 193 kPa

1.9 bar
28 psi

19.5L-24 10PR R4 Pressure 193 kPa

1.9 bar
28 psi

21L-24 10PR R4 Pressure 179 kPa

1.8 bar
26 psi

20.5-25 12PR L2 Pressure 241 kPa

2.4 bar
35 psi

16.9-28 10PR R4 Pressure 193 kPa

1.9 bar
28 psi

21L-28 14PR R4 Pressure 248 kPa

2.5 bar
36 psi

OUO6043,0001929 –19–20FEB06–2/2

3-3-4 092206
PN=98
 Maintenance—As Required

Check Wheel Fasteners

NOTE: Tighten wheel cap screws after first 50-100 hours

of loaded operation after replacing or installing a
new wheel. After that, tighten as required.

–UN–18OCT88
Tighten wheel cap screws and fasteners.

T6000AU
Standard Front Axle Shown

–UN–21OCT88
T87507
Rear Axle Shown

Item Measurement Specification

Standard Front Axle Cap Screw Torque 122 ± 24 N•m (90 ± 18 lb-ft)

MFWD Front Axle Cap Screw Torque 342 ± 68 N•m (252 ± 50 lb-ft)

Rear Axle Cap Screw Torque 495 ± 99 N•m (365 ± 73 lb-ft)

TX,90,DH1383 –19–16APR02–1/1

3-3-5 092206
PN=99
 Maintenance—As Required

Clean Cab Air Filters

Cab Fresh Air Filter

1. Open latch (A) on inside of right-side window frame.

–UN–18JUL00
2. Remove fresh air filter cover (B) and fresh air filter.

3. Inspect filter. Clean as necessary. Replace if damaged.

T132588B
4. Install filter and filter cover.

5. Close latch.
A—Latch
B—Fresh Air Filter Cover

CED,OUO1079,492 –19–24JUL00–1/2

Cab Recirculating Air Filter

1. Remove cab recirculating air filter cover (C) and cab

recirculating air filter.

2. Inspect filter. Clean as necessary. Replace if damaged.

–UN–24JUL00
3. Install filter and filter cover.

Cleaning Cab Air Filters

T132838B
CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than
210 kPa (2.10 bar) (30 psi) when using for C—Cab Recirculating Air Filter Cover
cleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,
guard against flying debris, and wear personal
protection equipment, including eye protection.

IMPORTANT: Always replace damaged air filters.

Clean filter(s) using one of the following methods:

• Direct compressed air through filter(s), opposite normal

air flow.
• Tap filter(s) on a flat surface with dirty side down.
• Wash in warm, soapy water and flush. Let filter(s) dry
before reinstalling.

CED,OUO1079,492 –19–24JUL00–2/2

3-3-6 092206
PN=100
 Maintenance—As Required

Inspect and Clean Hydraulic Reservoir Fill

Screen

1. Remove hydraulic reservoir fill cap (A) from fill tube.

2. Remove retaining clip and hydraulic reservoir fill screen

–UN–13JUL00
from fill tube.

3. Inspect hydraulic reservoir fill screen and clean as

necessary.

T131716C
4. Install hydraulic reservoir fill screen and retaining clip in
fill tube.
A—Hydraulic Reservoir Fill Cap

5. Install hydraulic reservoir fill cap in fill tube.

CED,OUO1079,423 –19–10JUL00–1/1

Drain Fuel Tank Water and Sediment

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine is

hot or running, DO NOT drain fuel tank. DO
NOT smoke while you drain fuel tank or work

–UN–13JUL00
on fuel system.

NOTE: To ensure that all of the water drains properly,

use the right stabilizer to lift the right rear wheel

T132358B
off of the ground.

NOTE: Dispose of waste properly.

A—Sediment Drain Plug
1. Loosen sediment drain plug (A) on front of fuel tank
and allow fuel to flow for several seconds.

2. Tighten plug securely to stop fuel flow.

CED,OUO1079,421 –19–10JUL00–1/1

3-3-7 092206
PN=101
 Maintenance—As Required

Clean Engine Air Cleaner Dust Unloader

Valve

IMPORTANT: A missing, damaged, or hardened dust

unloader valve will make dust cup
precleaner ineffective, causing very

–UN–07JUN02
short element life. Valve should suck
closed above 1/3 engine speed.

Squeeze engine air cleaner dust unloader valve (A) to

T155826B
remove dust from air cleaner.

If operating in high dust conditions, squeeze dust valve

A—Engine Air Cleaner Dust Unloader Valve
every couple of hours of operation to release dust.

CED,OUO1079,581 –19–31AUG00–1/1

3-3-8 092206
PN=102
 Maintenance—As Required

Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements

1. Open engine hood.

2. Remove air cleaner cover by releasing clips (1).

–UN–04SEP02
3. Remove primary element (2).

IMPORTANT: A damaged or dirty element may cause

engine damage.

T159080B
Install a new primary element:

1. If the element shows damage.

2. If element will not clean.
3. After 1000 hours service or annually.

Install a new secondary element (3):

–UN–04SEP02
1. If the primary element is damaged
and needs to be replaced.
2. If the element is visibly dirty.
3. After 1000 hours service or annually.

T159081B
DO NOT clean a secondary element.
Install a new element carefully centering
it in the canister.

4. Inspect element and gasket for damage.

5. Air restriction indicator will not signal correctly if an

element has a break or is not correctly sealed in air

–UN–04SEP02
cleaner housing. Throw away element that has the
slightest damage. If gasket is broken or missing, install
a new element.

T159082B
6. If air filter restriction indicator is lit, replace filter
elements.
1—Clips (3 used)
2—Primary Element
3—Secondary Element

HG31779,00000FB –19–12SEP02–1/1

3-3-9 092206
PN=103
 Maintenance—As Required

Inspect Belt

Inspect serpentine belt (A) for wear and damage. See

your authorized dealer for replacement.

–UN–13JUL00
A—Serpentine Belt

T132357B
CED,OUO1079,420 –19–10JUL00–1/1

Grease MFWD Drive Shaft Splines—If

Equipped

IMPORTANT: Lubricate daily when machine is used in

mud.

–UN–08NOV99
Apply grease to lubrication fitting (1) until it escapes from
joint. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

T125640B
1—Lubrication Fitting

CED,TX03768,2667 –19–16APR02–1/1

Grease Sideshift Rails—315SG

IMPORTANT: Lubricate daily when machine is used in

mud.

1. Clean rails as necessary.

2. Lubricate contact area on rails. See Grease For

Extendible Dipperstick, Sideshift Frame, And Stabilizer
–UN–07NOV00

Leg Wear Strips. (Section 3-1.)

T135183D

2 Places

CED,OUO1079,424 –19–16APR02–1/1

3-3-10 092206
PN=104
 Maintenance—As Required

Grease Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips—315SG

IMPORTANT: Lubricate daily when machine is used in

mud.

Fully extend stabilizers and apply grease to each stabilizer

leg. See Grease For Extendible Dipperstick, Sideshift
Frame, And Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips. (Section 3-1.)

–UN–04DEC96
T105548
2 places—Right Side Shown

CED,OUO1079,425 –19–16APR02–1/1

Grease Extendible Dipperstick Side Rails—If

Equipped

IMPORTANT: Lubricate daily when machine is used in

mud.

–UN–13JUL00
NOTE: Avoid excessive grease on dipperstick. A thin film
provides adequate lubrication.

Lower backhoe to ground with full extension. Apply grease

T132378B
to side rails as necessary. See Grease For Extendible
Dipperstick, Sideshift Frame, And Stabilizer Leg Wear
Strips. (Section 3-1.)

CED,OUO1079,435 –19–16APR02–1/1

3-3-11 092206
PN=105
 Maintenance—As Required

Grease Extendable Dipperstick Backhoes—If Equipped

–UN–13JUL00
–UN–13JUL00

T132376C
T132377B

1 Point 3 Points

Lubricate extendable dipperstick with a low pressure See Grease For Extendable Dipperstick, Sideshift
grease gun with extendable dipperstick fully retracted. Frame, And Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips. (Section 3-1.)

HG31779,00000FA –19–12SEP02–1/1

Grease Front Wheel Bearings—Non-Powered

(S.N.—911129)

IMPORTANT: Lubricate daily when machine is used in

mud. –UN–18OCT88

1. Remove plug and install lubrication fitting.

2. Grease with approximately five low pressure strokes of

grease. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)
T6000AK

3. Remove lubrication fitting and install plug.

HG31779,00001F2 –19–24FEB03–1/1

3-3-12 092206
PN=106
 Maintenance—As Required

Grease Front Wheel Bearings—Non-Powered

(S.N. 911130—)

IMPORTANT: Lubricate daily when machine is used in

mud.

–UN–27JAN03
1. Remove plug and install lubrication fitting.

2. Grease with approximately five low pressure strokes of

grease. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

T164479B
3. Remove lubrication fitting and install plug.

TX,55,BD2143 –19–23JAN03–1/1

3-3-13 092206
PN=107
 Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily
Checking Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level

NOTE: Check hydraulic oil level with machine parked on

a level surface. Check before starting engine, with
backhoe and stabilizers in transport position, and
front loader bucket lowered to ground.

–UN–02JAN03
Check when oil is cool.

Sight glass decal has a scale for proper level of

T163385B
oil.

1. Stop engine. Allow time for hydraulic oil to cool.

1—Sight Glass
2. Check oil level in sight glass (1). Oil level should be in
mid-range of decal.

CED,OUO1079,439 –19–02JAN03–1/2

Adding Oil to the Hydraulic Reservoir

1. If oil is below operating range in ADD range, remove

fill cap (B) and add oil.

2. Install fill cap.

–UN–13JUL00
B—Fill Cap

T131716D
CED,OUO1079,439 –19–02JAN03–2/2

3-4-1 092206
PN=108
 Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

Check Engine Oil Level

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. DO

NOT run engine when oil level is below
the ADD mark.

–UN–13JUL00
The most accurate oil level reading is obtained when
engine is cold before operation.

1. Park machine on a level surface. Engage park brake.

T132362B
CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or death from
unexpected machine movement. Always install
the loader boom service lock, or lower the front
loader boom fully to the ground, and move
control levers to release hydraulic pressure
before working near the front of the machine.

2. Raise front loader boom and install loader boom

–UN–15DEC88
service lock.

3. Stop engine.

RG5421
4. Fully open engine hood.

5. Remove engine oil dipstick (A) and check oil level. A—Engine Oil Dipstick
B—Engine Oil Fill Cap
BEFORE THE ENGINE IS STARTED: Engine is full C—Cross-Hatched Area
when oil level is within cross-hatched area (C). It is
acceptable to run engine as long as oil level is above
the ADD mark.

AFTER THE ENGINE HAS BEEN RUN: Allow oil to

drain into oil pan for ten minutes before checking the
oil level. Ten minutes after shutdown, oil level must be
above the ADD mark.

6. Remove engine oil fill cap (B) and add oil as

necessary. See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)

7. Check oil level and add oil as necessary.

8. Close engine hood.

OUO1079,00002CB –19–03NOV00–1/1

3-4-2 092206
PN=109
 Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

Check Coolant Level

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hot

spraying coolant. Remove radiator cap only
when cool enough to touch with bare hands.
Then loosen cap slowly to stop so pressure is

–UN–23AUG88
released from system before removing cap.

1. With engine cold, coolant level must be between HOT

and COLD marks on coolant recovery tank (A).

TS281
2. If coolant is below COLD mark, add coolant to
recovery tank.

NOTE: If recovery tank is full and radiator is low, check

for leaks on radiator and hose connections.

3. If recovery tank is empty, check for leaks and repair as

–UN–20JUN02
necessary. Add coolant at radiator cap (B) and
recovery tank. See Diesel Engine Coolant. (Section
3-1.) Coolant level in radiator must be at bottom of filler
neck.

T155034C
A—Coolant Recovery Tank
B—Radiator Cap

HG31779,0000086 –19–17MAY02–1/1

3-4-3 092206
PN=110
 Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

Grease Loader Pivots (S.N. —955714)

Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes from

joints. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

–UN–24OCT00
T134784C
6 points—Right Side Shown

–UN–07NOV00
T132371B
9 points

–UN–12SEP00
T132372B

2 Points—Left Side Shown

VD76477,000045C –19–11MAY06–1/1

3-4-4 092206
PN=111
 Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

Grease Loader Pivots (S.N. 955715—)

NOTE: Machines equipped with synthetic bushings do not

require lubrication.

Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes from

–UN–24OCT00
joints. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

T134784C
6 points—Right Side Shown

–UN–16MAY06
TX1007733A
5 points

–UN–12SEP00
T132372B

2 Points—Left Side Shown

VD76477,000045D –19–11MAY06–1/1

3-4-5 092206
PN=112
 Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

Grease 4-in-1 Bucket Pivots—If Equipped

Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes from

joints. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

–UN–12SEP00
T132372C
4 Points—Left Side Shown

CED,OUO1079,581 –19–16APR02–1/1

Grease Stabilizer Pivots and Cylinder Pins

Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes from

joint. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

–UN–13JUL00
T132374B
4 points—Left Side Shown

OUO1079,000025C –19–16APR02–1/1

3-4-6 092206
PN=113
 Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

Grease Backhoe Linkage, Pivots, and Cylinder Rod Ends

–UN–07NOV00
T131781C
3 Points—Optional Cab Shown

–UN–13JUL00
T132381B
3 points
–UN–18JUL00

–UN–13JUL00
T132375B

T132376B

11 points—Right Side Shown 8 Points—Right Side Shown

All Backhoes

Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes from

joint. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

Continued on next page OUO1079,000025D –19–16APR02–1/2

3-4-7 092206
PN=114
 Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

–UN–13JUL00
–UN–13JUL00

T132376C
T132377B
1 Point 3 Points

Extendible Dipperstick Backhoes—If Equipped Sideshift Frame, And Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips.
(Section 3-1.)
Lubricate extendible dipperstick with a low pressure
grease gun. See Grease For Extendible Dipperstick,

OUO1079,000025D –19–16APR02–2/2

3-4-8 092206
PN=115
 Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

Grease Non-Powered Front Axle and Steering Pivots (S.N.—911129)

–UN–07NOV00

–UN–07NOV00
T135178B

T135179B
3 Points—Left Side Shown 4 Points—Right Side Shown

Apply grease to lubrication fittings on steering pivots until

it escapes from joints.

Apply 2 pumps of grease to each lubrication fitting on right

side of frame to lubricate axle oscillating pivot.

–UN–07NOV00
See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

T135180B
CED,OUO1079,491 –19–16APR02–1/1

3-4-9 092206
PN=116
 Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

Grease Non-Powered Front Axle and

Steering Pivots (S.N. 911130—)

Apply grease to lubrication fittings on steering pivots until

it escapes from joints.

Apply 2 pumps of grease to each lubrication fitting on right

side of frame to lubricate axle oscillating pivot.

See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

–UN–20DEC02
T163182B
4 Points—Left Side Shown

–UN–20DEC02
T163176B
2 Points

HG31779,00001B7 –19–20DEC02–1/1

3-4-10 092206
PN=117
 Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

Grease MFWD Front Axle and Universal

Joints—If Equipped

Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes from

joint.

–UN–17SEP02
See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

T132373C
4 Points—Left Side Shown

HG31779,00001DA –19–24JAN03–1/1

Grease Loader Quick Coupler—If Equipped

Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes from

joints. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

–UN–20DEC04
T206365A
2 Points—Left Side Shown

HG31779,000005F –19–17DEC04–1/1

3-4-11 092206
PN=118
 Maintenance—Initial Service - 100 Hours
Change Engine Break-In Oil And Replace
Filter

NOTE: Change after first 100 hours and then every 500
hours.

–UN–13JUL00
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
unexpected machine movement. Never rely on
FNR lever and gearshift lever to keep machine

T132447B
from moving. Always engage park brake to hold
machine.

1. Run engine to warm oil. Park machine on a level

surface. Engage park brake. Stop engine.

2. Remove engine oil drain plug (A). Allow oil to drain into
a container.

–UN–13JUL00
3. Using a suitable filter wrench, turn engine oil filter (B)
counterclockwise and remove from base. Clean
mounting surfaces of base as necessary. Dispose of
waste oil properly.

T132362C
4. Apply a thin film of oil to sealing ring on new engine oil
filter, and install by turning new filter clockwise by hand
until gasket touches mounting surface. Torque an A—Engine Oil Drain Plug
additional 1/2—3/4 turn with filter wrench. B—Engine Oil Filter
C—Engine Oil Fill Cap
5. Install engine oil drain plug.

6. Remove engine oil fill cap (C) and fill engine with oil to
specification. See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)

Engine Oil—Specification
Turbocharged—Capacity ......................................................13 L (13.7 qt)
Naturally Aspirated—310G
Only—Capacity ......................................................................7.5 L (7.9 qt)

Continued on next page HG31779,0000014 –19–24JAN03–1/2

3-5-1 092206
PN=119
 Maintenance—Initial Service - 100 Hours

IMPORTANT: Before starting engine after a filter

change, crank engine for ten seconds
without starting to fill new engine oil
filter and pre-lubricate the turbocharger,
if equipped.

7. Run engine for 2 minutes and then stop engine. Check

for leaks around drain plug and filter, and tighten as
necessary. Check oil level. See Check Engine Oil
Level. (Section 3-4.)

HG31779,0000014 –19–24JAN03–2/2

Replace Transmission Oil Filter

1. Turn transmission oil filter (A) counterclockwise and

remove.

2. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new transmission oil

filter. Install new transmission oil filter. Turn clockwise
until sealing ring touches mounting surface, then
tighten an additional 3/4 to one turn with a suitable
filter wrench.

3. Start engine and run for three minutes to allow filter

element to refill and purge air from charge circuit.

–UN–13JUL00
4. With engine running at slow idle, remove transmission
dipstick (B). Check transmission oil level and add oil
through dipstick tube as necessary.

T132445B
5. Check for leakage around filter. Tighten filter just
enough to stop leaks.

A—Transmission Oil Filter

B—Transmission Dipstick

–UN–13JUL00
T132362E

CED,OUO1079,448 –19–12JUL00–1/1

3-5-2 092206
PN=120
 Maintenance—Every 250 Hours
Check MFWD Planetary Housing Oil—If
Equipped

1. Rotate housing until OIL LEVEL line (B) is horizontal

and fill plug (A) is above line as shown.

–UN–21NOV96
NOTE: If oil level is low, use HY-GARD oil to fill to proper
level.

2. Remove plug and check that oil is filled to bottom of

T105325
plug hole.

3. Add oil to plug hole if necessary. See Transmission,

A—MFWD Planetary Housing Oil Fill Plug
Hydraulic, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
B—Oil Level Line
Oil. (Section 3-1.)

4. Install plug.

5. Repeat procedure for opposite side wheel.

AM40430,00002BC –19–03JAN06–1/1

Check MFWD Axle Oil Level—If Equipped

1. Remove plug (A) to check oil level. Oil should be filled

to bottom of plug.

NOTE: If oil level is low, use HY-GARD oil to fill to proper

–UN–22AUG96
level.

2. Add oil as necessary through plug hole. See

Transmission, Hydraulic, Axles, and Mechanical Front

T102819
Wheel Drive Oil. (Section 3-1.)

3. Install plug.

A—Plug

AM40430,00002BD –19–03JAN06–1/1

3-6-1 092206
PN=121
 Maintenance—Every 250 Hours

Check Battery Electrolyte Level and

Terminals

CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep

sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.

NEVER check battery charge by placing a metal

object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.

ALWAYS remove grounded (-) battery clamp

first and replace it last.

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.

It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into
eyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

–UN–23AUG88
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is

TS203
added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.

2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.

If acid is swallowed:

1. Do not induce vomiting.

2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do
not exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.

1. Remove battery box cover.

Continued on next page TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–1/3

3-6-2 092206
PN=122
 Maintenance—Every 250 Hours

IMPORTANT: If water is added to batteries during

freezing weather, batteries must be
charged after water is added to prevent
batteries from freezing. Charge battery
using a battery charger or by running
the engine.

–UN–09SEP03
2. Fill each cell to within specified range with distilled
water. DO NOT overfill.

T6996DB
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. ALWAYS
remove grounded (—) battery clamp first and
replace it last.

3. Disconnect battery clamps, grounded clamp first.

A—Battery Post
B—Fill Tube

–UN–09SEP03
C—Electrolyte Level Range

T6996DA
TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–2/3

4. Clean battery terminals (A) and clamps with a stiff

brush.

5. Apply lubricating grease (B) around battery terminal

base only.

–UN–21OCT88
6. Install and tighten clamps, grounded clamp last.

T6758AA
TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–3/3

3-6-3 092206
PN=123
 Maintenance—Every 250 Hours

Check Rear Axle Oil Level

1. Remove plug (A) from axle and check oil level.

2. If oil is not level to bottom of hole, add oil. See

Transmission, Hydraulic, Axles, and Mechanical Front

–UN–22NOV96
Wheel Drive Oil. (Section 3-1.)

3. Replace plug.

T104867
A—Plug

CED,OUO1040,103 –19–25AUG00–1/1

Check Transmission Oil Level

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from

unexpected machine movement. Never rely on
FNR lever and gearshift lever to keep machine

–UN–13JUL00
from moving. Always engage park brake to hold
machine.

1. Run engine for three minutes to warm transmission oil.

T132362D
Park machine on a level surface. Move FNR lever and
gearshift lever to NEUTRAL. Engage park brake.

2. With engine running at slow idle, turn handle of A—Transmission Dipstick

transmission dipstick (A) counterclockwise and remove.

NOTE: Normal hot oil can be above full mark.

3. Check oil level on dipstick. If oil is not within operating

range, add oil through dipstick tube. See Transmission,
Hydraulic, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
Oil. (Section 3-1.)

4. Install transmission dipstick and turn handle clockwise

to tighten.

OUO1079,0000286 –19–19SEP00–1/1

3-6-4 092206
PN=124
 Maintenance—Every 500 Hours
Check Coolant and Add Conditioner

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from

pressurized cooling system can cause serious
burns.

–UN–23AUG88
Remove radiator cap only when engine is cold
or when cool enough to touch with bare hands.
Slowly loosen radiator cap to first stop to
relieve pressure before removing completely.

TS281
IMPORTANT: John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditioner
does not protect against freezing.
Coolant conditioner prevents rust,
scale, and liner cavitation.

NOTE: Check coolant every 500 hours or 6 months, or

when replacing 1/3 or more of coolant. Add

–UN–20JUN02
coolant conditioner as necessary.

1. Remove radiator cap (A) and test coolant solution. Use

one of the following kits to check coolant:

T155034B
• 3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant Test Kit (TY16175):
Coolant test strips provide an effective method to
check freeze point and additive levels of engine
coolant. See your authorized dealer for 3-Way Heavy
Duty Coolant Test Kit and follow instructions on kit.
• COOLSCAN PLUS: For a more thorough evaluation
of coolant, perform COOLSCAN PLUS analysis,
where available. See your authorized dealer for
information about COOLSCAN PLUS.

–UN–13AUG97
2. Add TY16004 John Deere Coolant Conditioner or
equivalent non-chromate conditioner/rust inhibitor as
necessary. Follow instructions on container for

T111110
amount.
3-Way Test Kit
Specification
Cooling System—Capacity ......................................................16 L (17 qt)

3. Install cap.

A—Radiator Cap
–UN–13AUG97
T111109

COOLSCAN Plus

HG31779,0000085 –19–23JAN03–1/1

3-7-1 092206
PN=125
 Maintenance—Every 500 Hours

Check Air Intake Hose

1. Check engine air intake hose (A) for cracks and

replace as necessary.

2. Check for loose connections and tighten hose clamps

–UN–13JUL00
as necessary.

A—Engine Air Intake Hose

T132459B
CED,OUO1079,442 –19–11JUL00–1/1

Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter

1. Turn hydraulic oil filter (A) counterclockwise and

remove.

2. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new hydraulic oil

filter and install. Turn hydraulic oil filter clockwise until
sealing ring touches mounting surface, then tighten an
additional 3/4-to-one turn with a suitable filter wrench.

3. Check hydraulic oil level.

4. Start engine and run for 2 minutes to allow hydraulic oil

filter to fill with oil and to purge air from charge circuit.

–UN–24OCT00
5. Stop engine and check hydraulic oil level. See Check
Hydraulic Oil Level. (Section 3-6.)

T134790B
6. Check for leakage around hydraulic filter. Tighten just
enough to stop leaks, if necessary.

A—Hydraulic Oil Filter

OUO1079,00002AA –19–23OCT00–1/1

Check Boom-to-Dipperstick Pin Bolt Torque

Check torque on the backhoe boom-to-dipperstick pivot

pin bolt (A). Torque the cap screw to specification.

Specification
–UN–30AUG00

Backhoe Boom-to-Dipperstick
Pivot Pin Bolt—Torque ................................................620 N•m (460 lb-ft)

A—Backhoe Boom-to-Dipperstick Pivot Pin Bolt

T133574B

CED,OUO1079,443 –19–11JUL00–1/1

3-7-2 092206
PN=126
 Maintenance—Every 500 Hours

Replace Hydraulic Reservoir Breather

1. Open engine hood. Remove cap screws (A) and move

loader mast cover (B) aside. Take care not to damage
hose attached to bottom of windshield washer nozzle
(C).

–UN–13JUL00
2. Remove hydraulic reservoir breather (D).

NOTE: Avoid dripping hydraulic oil. Do not reroute

T132464B
hydraulic reservoir breather hoses.

3. Install new hydraulic reservoir breather with arrow

pointing toward reservoir.

4. Install loader mast cover and cap screws. Close engine

hood.

–UN–13JUL00
A—Cap Screw (4 used)
B—Loader Mast Cover
C—Windshield Washer Nozzle
D—Hydraulic Reservoir Breather

T132462B
CED,OUO1079,582 –19–25AUG00–1/1

3-7-3 092206
PN=127
 Maintenance—Every 500 Hours

Change Engine Oil and Replace Filter

IMPORTANT: If fuel sulfur content exceeds 0.5

percent, change engine oil at 1/2 the
normal interval.

–UN–13JUL00
1. Run engine to warm oil. Park machine on a level
surface. Engage park brake. Stop engine.

2. Remove engine oil drain plug (A). Allow oil to drain into

T132447B
a container. Dispose of waste oil properly.

3. Using a suitable filter wrench, turn engine oil filter (B)

counterclockwise and remove from base. Clean
mounting surfaces of base as necessary.

4. Apply a thin film of oil to sealing ring on new filter, and

turn new filter clockwise by hand until gasket touches
mounting surface. Torque an additional 1/2—3/4 turn

–UN–13JUL00
with filter wrench.

5. Install engine oil drain plug.

T132362C
6. Remove engine oil fill cap (C) and fill engine with oil to
specification. See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)
Install cap.
A—Engine Oil Drain Plug
Engine Oil—Specification B—Engine Oil Filter
Turbocharged—Capacity ......................................................13 L (13.7 qt) C—Engine Oil Fill Cap
Naturally Aspirated—310G
Only—Capacity ......................................................................7.5 L (7.9 qt)

IMPORTANT: Before starting engine after a filter

change, crank engine for ten seconds
without starting to fill new engine oil
filter and pre-lubricate the turbocharger,
if equipped.

7. Run engine for 2 minutes and then stop engine. Check

for leaks around drain plug and filter, and tighten as
necessary. Check oil level. See Check Engine Oil
Level. (Section 3-4.)

OUO1079,00002C2 –19–04DEC02–1/1

3-7-4 092206
PN=128
 Maintenance—Every 500 Hours

Replace Final Fuel Filter

NOTE: Dispose of waste properly.

1. Turn retaining ring (A) counterclockwise and remove

filter element (B). Allow sediment to drain into a

–UN–25JUN02
container.

2. Remove bowl assembly (C) from old filter element and

install on new filter element.

T155218B
3. Clean filter base (D).

NOTE: Do not attempt to turn filter element into base.

4. Install new fuel element by aligning vertical locators (F)

into slots (E) on filter base. Push filter element up
firmly until filter snaps against base.

–UN–25NOV92
5. Turn retaining ring clockwise into filter base until
retaining ring clicks tightly into place.

6. Loosen bleed screw (G) by turning knob

T7896AJ
counterclockwise.

7. Operate primer lever (H) until fuel flow from bleed

screw is free of air bubbles.

NOTE: If there is no fuel flow, push primer lever toward

engine and turn crankshaft using starter motor to
reposition camshaft. Repeat step 7.

–UN–05AUG02
8. Tighten bleed screw.

9. Push primer lever toward engine as far as possible.

T155218C
A—Retaining Ring
B—Filter Element
C—Bowl Assembly
D—Filter Base
E—Slots
F—Vertical Locators
G—Bleed Screw
H—Primer Lever

HG31779,0000149 –19–04OCT02–1/1

3-7-5 092206
PN=129
 Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours
Clean, Pack, and Adjust Front Wheel
Bearings—Non-Powered (S.N.—911129)

1. Raise machine so steer wheels are off ground.

Remove hub cap (J), pull cotter pin (I) from spindle
and remove slotted nut (K).

–UN–21OCT88
2. Slip off special washer (L) and outer bearing cone (H).
Remove wheel and hub assembly. Then remove seal
(A) and inner bearing cone (C) from hub (E).

T87549
3. Clean all dirt and grease from bearings, bushing (B),
spindles, and hub assemblies. A—Seal
B—Bushing
4. Inspect bearing cups (D and G), and cones for damage C—Inner Bearing Cone
D—Inner Bearing Cup
or excessive wear and replace damaged parts as
E—Hub
necessary. F—Pipe Plug
G—Outer Bearing Cup
5. If a new bearing cup must be installed, drive out the H—Outer Bearing Cone
old one and install a new cup with the cupped face I—Cotter Pin
J—Hub Cap
outward.
K—Nut
L—Washer
6. Inspect grease seals for damage or hardened lips and
replace as necessary.

7. Pack bearings and coat seal lips with John Deere

Multi-Purpose Grease or equivalent. See Grease.
Section (3-1.)

8. Install seal (A), bushing (B), and inner bearing cup (D).
Fill gap between inner bearing cup and seal with
grease. Assemble balance of parts except cotter pin
and hub cap. Tighten slotted nut to specification.

Specification
Front Wheel Bearing Slotted
Nut—Torque ...................................................................................47 N•m
35 lb-ft

9. Turn wheel several revolutions. Tighten nut again to

specification. Turn nut counterclockwise to nearest slot
and install cotter pin. If hole of spindle is in line with a
slot after tightening, turn nut counterclockwise to next
slot.

Continued on next page TX,85,BD2164 –19–06MAY98–1/2

3-8-1 092206
PN=130
 Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours

10. Remove pipe plug (F) from wheel hub and install
lubrication fitting. Lubricate wheel hub assembly until
grease starts to exit past outer bearing cone (H).
Remove lube fitting and install pipe plug. (See Fuels
and Lubricants chapter for recommended type of
grease.)

11. Lower machine to the ground and install hub caps.

TX,85,BD2164 –19–06MAY98–2/2

3-8-2 092206
PN=131
 Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours

Clean, Pack, and Adjust Front Wheel Bearings—Non-Powered (S.N. 911130—)

5
1
2 6
7 9
8

–UN–23AUG02
10
4

T158732
T158732

1—Seal Ring 4—O-Ring 7—Thrust Washer 9—Wheel Hub Cover

2—Bearing Cone 5—Stud 8—Cap Screw (3 used) 10—Wheel Hub Cover Plug
3—Wheel Hub 6—Bearing Cone

1. Raise machine and install jack stands so front 6. Remove and inspect wheel hub (3) with bearing
wheels are off ground. cups. To replace bearing cups, place wheel hub on
flat surface and drive bearing cups out with a
hammer and driver.
CAUTION: Prevent injury from falling
components. Secure wheel hub (3) with a lift
IMPORTANT: Removing seal ring (1) will destroy
strap before removing any components.
it. Do not remove seal ring unless
damage is noted.
2. Remove wheel.
7. Remove bearing cone (2) using wedges.
3. Remove wheel hub cover plug (10) and remove
wheel hub cover (9) using wedges. Remove and
8. Clean all dirt and grease from bearings, spindle and
inspect O-ring (4), replace if necessary.
hub assembly.
4. Remove three capscrews (8) and thrust washer (7).
9. Inspect grease seals for damage or hardened lips
and replace as necessary.
5. Remove wheel bearing (6).

Continued on next page BT40170,000002C –19–30JAN03–1/2

3-8-3 092206
PN=132
 Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours

10. Pack bearings and coat seal lips with John Deere 15. Grease and install O-ring (4) on wheel hub cover
Multi-Purpose Grease or equivalent. (9). Drive wheel hub cover into wheel hub.

11. Install bearing cone (2) on spindle using a 16. Install hub cover plug (10) and tighten to
hammer and driver. specification.

12. Install wheel hub (3) on spindle. Specification

Wheel Hub Cover Plug—
Torque...................................................................................... 15 N•m
13. Install bearing cone (6) to hub and spindle. 11 lb-ft

14. Apply TY9371 LOCTITE to cap screws (8). 17. Install wheel and repeat process for other side.
Position thrust washer (7) on spindle in hub and
install cap screws (8). Torque cap screws to
specification.

Specification
Thrust Plate Cap Screws—
Torque.................................................................................... 120 N•m
89 lb-ft

LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp. BT40170,000002C –19–30JAN03–2/2

Change MFWD Front Wheel Planetary

Housing Oil—If Equipped

1. Rotate wheel so drain plug (A) is at its lowest point,

remove plug and drain oil. Dispose of waste oil
properly.

–UN–02OCT90
Specification
MFWD Front Wheel Planetary
Housing Oil—Capacity ..........................................................................1 L

T7371AP
1 qt

2. Install drain plug.

3. Rotate wheel so plug (A) is above OIL LEVEL line (B)

when line is horizontal.

4. Add oil to bottom of fill plug hole and install plug. See
Transmission, Hydraulic, Axles, and Mechanical Front
–UN–21NOV96

Wheel Drive Oil. (Section 3-1.)

A—Plug
B—Oil Level Line
T105325

TX,85,BD2169 –19–24JUL00–1/1

3-8-4 092206
PN=133
 Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours

Change MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—If

Equipped

NOTE: Dispose of drain oil properly.

Fill MFWD axle housing with HY-GARD oil to fill

–UN–13JUL00
to proper level.

1. Remove drain plug (A) to drain oil. Dispose of waste oil

properly.

T132466B
Specification
MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—
Capacity .............................................................................................. 6.5 L
7 qt

2. Install drain plug.

3. Remove check plug (B) and add oil so it is level with

bottom of check plug hole. See Transmission,

–UN–05SEP96
Hydraulic, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
Oil. (Section 3-1.)

4. Install check plug.

T103126
A—Drain Plug
B—Check Plug

AM40430,00002BE –19–03JAN06–1/1

Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation Tube

Remove vent tube (A) and clean interior using diesel fuel.

A—Vent Tube
–UN–21NOV96
T105323

TX,85,BD2167 –19–07OCT96–1/1

3-8-5 092206
PN=134
 Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours

Change Transmission and Torque Converter

Oil and Replace Filter

NOTE: This procedure does not drain all of the oil from
the manual shift transmission. Only approximately
8.0—8.5 L of oil will drain.

It is intended that the remainder of oil will remain

in the cooler and torque converter.

1. Remove transmission drain plug (A) from bottom of

transmission and drain oil into suitable container.
Dispose of waste oil properly.

–UN–25OCT00
Specification
Transmission System Oil—
Capacity ............................................................................................... 15 L
16 qt

T134818C
2. Turn transmission oil filter (B) counterclockwise and
remove. Manual Shift Transmission Shown

3. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new transmission oil

filter. Install new transmission oil filter. Turn clockwise
until sealing ring touches mounting surface, then
tighten an additional 3/4 to one turn with a suitable
filter wrench.

–UN–13JUL00
4. Start engine and run for 3 minutes to allow filter
element to refill and purge air from charge circuit.

5. With engine running at slow idle, remove transmission

T132362F
dipstick (C). Check transmission oil level and add oil
through dipstick tube as necessary. See Transmission,
Hydraulic, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
Oil. (Section 3-1.) A—Transmission Drain Plug
B—Transmission Oil Filter
C—Transmission Dipstick
6. Check for leakage around filter. Tighten filter just
enough to stop leaks.

7. Install drain plug.

8. Turn handle of transmission dipstick counterclockwise

and remove. Fill transmission with oil through dipstick
tube. See Transmission, Hydraulic, Axles, and
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil. (Section 3-1.)

9. Start engine and run at slow idle for 3 minutes.

Continued on next page HG31779,0000081 –19–14MAY02–1/2

3-8-6 092206
PN=135
 Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours

10. With engine running at slow idle, check oil level on

transmission dipstick. If oil is not within operating
range, add oil.

11. Install transmission dipstick and turn handle clockwise

to tighten.

HG31779,0000081 –19–14MAY02–2/2

Change Rear Axle Oil

NOTE: Dispose of waste oil properly.

1. Remove drain plug (A) and drain oil into a container.

Install plug.

–UN–21NOV96
Specification
Rear Axle Oil—Capacity......................................................................16 L
17 qt

T105316
2. Remove check and fill plug (B) and fill with oil to
bottom of port. See Transmission, Hydraulic, Axles,
and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil. (Section 3-1.)

NOTE: It will take approximately 5 minutes for oil to settle

into outer housing when oil is warm.

3. Wait 5-10 minutes for oil to settle, then check level

again and add oil as necessary. If oil is cold, settle

–UN–22NOV96
time may increase.

4. Install plug.

T104868
A—Drain Plug
B—Check and Fill Plug

CED,OUO1079,447 –19–03SEP02–1/1

3-8-7 092206
PN=136
 Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours

Replace Pilot Control Filter (S.N.—943092)

NOTE: Filter element is located behind right rear axle.

1. Disconnect hose fitting (1) from filter element (2).

–UN–06JAN03
2. Remove filter element.

3. Install new filter element.

T163362B
4. Reconnect hose fitting to filter element.

1—Hose Fitting
2—Filter Element

HG31779,00001B6 –19–28APR05–1/1

Check Engine Speed

1
1. Warm engine to normal operating temperature.

2. Use tachometer (1) to check engine speeds:

SELECT

–UN–08AUG02
Specification
Slow Idle—Speed ................................................................900 ± 25 rpm
Fast Idle (Using Speed Control
Pedal or Lever)—Speed .....................................................2375 ± 25 rpm
n/min

T158334
1—Tachometer

CED,OUO1079,387 –19–16JUN00–1/1

3-8-8 092206
PN=137
 Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours

Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil

1. Park machine on a level surface.

2. Move backhoe and stabilizers to transport position and

lower loader bucket to ground. Stop engine.

–UN–13JUL00
3. Remove hydraulic reservoir fill cap (B).

4. Remove cap screw (C) and bracket (D). Route drain

T131716D
hose (E) into a suitable container.

5. Remove cap (F) from end of drain hose and drain oil.
Allow adequate time for oil to drain. Dispose of waste
oil properly.

Specification
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil—Capacity ......................................................37 L
39 qt

–UN–24OCT00
6. Replace hydraulic oil filter. See Replace Hydraulic Oil
Filter. (Section 3-7.)

T134809B
7. Install cap on drain hose.

8. Route drain hose for storage. Install bracket and cap

screw. B—Hydraulic Reservoir Fill Cap
C—Cap Screw
9. Refill hydraulic reservoir. See Transmission, Hydraulic, D—Bracket
Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil. (Section E—Drain Hose
F—Cap
3-1.)

10. Check oil level.

11. Install hydraulic reservoir fill cap.

OUO1079,00002AB –19–23OCT00–1/1

3-8-9 092206
PN=138
 Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours

Replace Engine Air Cleaner Elements

Inspect elements when air filter restriction indicator lights.

1. Open hood.

–UN–07JUN02
2. Unfasten clips (A) and remove air cleaner cover.

IMPORTANT: Remove elements gently to avoid

dislodging dust from the elements.

T155823B
3. Slide primary element (B) and secondary element (C)
out to remove.

4. Clean inside of air cleaner and outlet tube.

5. Install new secondary element and primary element.

Ensure that each element is properly centered and
seated.

–UN–07JUN02
6. Install air cleaner cover with dust unloader valve
pointed down. Fasten clips.

T155824B
A—Clip (3 used)
B—Primary Element
C—Secondary Element

–UN–07JUN02
T155825B
CED,OUO1079,474 –19–17JUL00–1/1

3-8-10 092206
PN=139
 Maintenance—Every 2000 Hours
Adjust Engine Valve Lash (Clearance)

See your authorized dealer.

TX03679,00017DD –19–08MAY01–1/1

3-9-1 092206
PN=140
 Miscellaneous—Machine
External Service Brake Inspection

Do first inspection at 5000 hours followed by 1000 hour

inspection intervals after the first 5000 hour inspection.

If the service brakes are subjected to severe duty, inspect

more frequently.

1. Inspect brakes for wear through the external inspection

ports (A).

2. Remove axle housing and replace brake disc if oil

grooves (B) on facing material are no longer visible.

–UN–18JUN98
A—External Brake Inspection Port (2 used)
B—Oil Grooves

T115934
–UN–03DEC93
T8137AC

CED,OUO1032,1075 –19–19JUN98–1/1

4-1-1 092206
PN=141
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Inspecting And Cleaning Dusty Secondary

And Primary Element

IMPORTANT: A damaged or dirty element may cause

engine damage.

–UN–10NOV88
Install new elements:

• If the element shows damage and

needs to be replaced.

T90684
• If element is visibly dirty and will not
clean.
• After 1000 hours service or annually.

DO NOT clean a secondary element.

Install a new element carefully centering

–UN–09NOV88
it in the canister.

1. Tap element with the palm of your hand, NOT ON A

HARD SURFACE.

T47764
CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than
210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi) when using for
cleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,
guard against flying chips, and wear personal
protection equipment including eye protection.

2. If this does not remove dust, use compressed air under

210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi).

NOTE: Air restriction indicator will not signal correctly if

an element has a break or is not correctly sealed
in air cleaner housing. Throw away element that
has the slightest damage. If gasket is broken or
missing, install a new element.

3. Direct air up and down the pleats from inside to

outside. Be careful not to make a break in the element.

TX03679,00017E3 –19–31MAY01–1/1

4-1-2 092206
PN=142
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Check Receiver-Dryer—If Equipped

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible compressor damage. If

moisture sight glass color indicates wet
(pink), dryer is saturated and should be
changed within the next 100 machine

–UN–26JUL02
hours to prevent further buildup of
moisture in refrigerant.

1. Open hood.

T158049B
2. Check color in moisture sight glass (A). Color should
be blue, indicating that refrigerant is dry.
A—Moisture Sight Glass
B—Air Bubble Sight Glass
3. Check air bubble sight glass (B) for air bubbles. No air
bubbles, or few air bubbles, should be visible.

4. If moisture sight glass shows wet (pink), or if excessive

air bubbles are visible, see your authorized dealer
within the next 100 machine hours to service the
receiver-dryer.

HG31779,00000BF –19–26JUL02–1/1

Checking Coolant Hoses and Radiator

Check upper radiator hose (A) and lower radiator hose (B)
for cracks and leaks. Tighten hose clamps (C) as
necessary.

–UN–14JUL00
Check radiator for dirt, damage, leaks, and loose or
broken mountings. Clean radiator fins.

T132486B
A—Upper Radiator Hose
B—Lower Radiator Hose
C—Hose Clamp (4 used)

–UN–14JUL00
T132487B

CED,OUO1079,452 –19–12JUL00–1/1

4-1-3 092206
PN=143
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Draining the Cooling System

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from

pressurized cooling system can cause serious
burns.

–UN–23AUG88
Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only when
cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly
loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure
before removing completely.

TS281
NOTE: When John Deere COOL-GARD is used, the drain
interval is 3000 hours or 36 months. The drain
interval may be extended to 5000 hours or 60
months of operation,provided that the coolant is
tested annually AND additives are replenished,
as needed, by adding a supplemental coolant
additive (SCA).. If COOL-GARD is not used, the

–UN–14JUL00
flushing interval is 2000 hours or 24 months of
operation.

Specification

T132488B
Cooling System—Capacity ......................................................16 L (17 qt)

1. Release pressure and remove cap.

2. Connect a hose to radiator drain valve (A) on radiator.

3. Turn radiator drain valve counterclockwise to open

valve. Allow coolant to drain into a container.

4. Connect a hose to engine block coolant drain valve

–UN–24MAY02
(B).

5. Turn engine block coolant drain valve counterclockwise

T155236B
to open valve. Allow coolant to drain into a container.

6. Turn both drain valves clockwise to close valves and

remove hoses.
A—Radiator Drain Valve
B—Engine Block Coolant Drain Valve

CED,OUO1079,453 –19–12JUL00–1/1

4-1-4 092206
PN=144
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Filling the Cooling System

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hot

spraying water. DO NOT remove radiator cap
unless the engine is cool. Then turn cap slowly
to the stop. Release all pressure before

–UN–23AUG88
removing cap.

Specification
Cooling System—Capacity ......................................................16 L (17 qt)

TS281
Remove radiator cap (A). Coolant level in radiator must be
at bottom of filler neck.

IMPORTANT: Use only permanent-type low silicate,

ethylene glycol base antifreeze in
coolant solution. Other types of
antifreeze may damage cylinder seals.

–UN–20JUN02
NOTE: All machines are shipped from the factory with a
50-50 mixture for protection to —34°C (—30°F).
Adjust mixture accordingly to provide freeze
protection for your machine.

T155034B
FREEZING TEMPERATURES: Fill with permanent-type
low silicate, ethylene glycol antifreeze (without stop-leak
A—Radiator Cap
additive) and clean, soft water. Add TY16004 John Deere
Coolant Conditioner or equivalent.

HG31779,0000084 –19–17MAY02–1/1

Do Not Service or Adjust Injection Nozzles or

Injection Pump

If injection nozzles are not working correctly or are dirty,

the engine will not run normally. (See your authorized
dealer for service.)

Changing the injection pump in any way not approved by

the manufacturer will end the warranty. (See your copy of
the John Deere warranty on this machine.)

Do not service an injection pump that is not operating

correctly. (See your authorized injection pump service
center.)

TX,90,FF3116 –19–16AUG06–1/1

4-1-5 092206
PN=145
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Replace Engine Torsional Damper

The torsional damper assembly is not repairable and

should be replaced every five years or 4500 hours,
whichever occurs first, or whenever crankshaft is
replaced. See your authorized dealer.

CED,TX03768,2668 –19–12JUL00–1/1

Draining Fuel Filter Sediment

Drain water and sediment as necessary.

1. Loosen knob (1) and drain fuel for several seconds.

–UN–09AUG02
2. Tighten knob.

1—Knob

T158343B
HG31779,0000082 –19–14MAY02–1/1

Precautions for Alternator and Regulator

When batteries are connected, follow these rules:
1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cable when you
work on or near alternator or regulator.
2. DO NOT TRY TO POLARIZE ALTERNATOR OR
REGULATOR.
3. Ensure alternator wires are correctly connected
BEFORE you connect batteries.
6. Connect batteries or a booster battery in the correct
polarity (positive [+] to positive [+] and negative [—]
to negative [—]).
7. Do not disconnect the batteries when engine is
running and alternator is charging.
8. Disconnect battery cables before you connect
battery charger to the batteries.

4. Do not ground alternator output terminal.

5. Do not disconnect or connect any alternator or

regulator wires while batteries are connected or
while alternator is operating.

T82,EXMA,I –19–03AUG92–1/1

4-1-6 092206
PN=146
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Handling, Checking And Servicing Batteries

Carefully

CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep

sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.

–UN–23AUG88
Never check battery charge by placing a metal
object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.

TS204
Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first
and replace it last.

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.

It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into
eyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.

2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.

2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.

–UN–23AUG88
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.

If acid is swallowed:

TS203
1. Do not induce vomiting.
2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do
not exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.

WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related

accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

Continued on next page TX03679,0001788 –19–11MAY01–1/3

4-1-7 092206
PN=147
 Miscellaneous—Machine

If electrolyte spills on the floor, use one of the following

mixtures to neutralize the acid: 0.5 kg (1 lb) baking soda
in 4 L (1 gal) water, or 0.47 L (1 pt) household ammonia
in 4 L (1 gal) water.

IMPORTANT: Do not overfill the battery cells.

Check the specific gravity of electrolyte in each battery

cell.

TX03679,0001788 –19–11MAY01–2/3

See your authorized dealer for JT05460 SERVICEGARD

battery and coolant tester. Follow directions included with
the tester.

A fully charged battery will have a corrected specific

gravity reading of 1.260. If the reading is below 1.200,

–UN–10NOV88
charge the battery.

T85402
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company TX03679,0001788 –19–11MAY01–3/3

Replacing Batteries

Your machine may be equipped with one or two 12-volt

hybrid batteries with (—) negative ground. Use only
batteries meeting following specifications:

Cold Cranking Amps

–UN–23AUG88
Reserve
Capacity
-29°C (minutes at
Volts BCI Group -18°C (0°F) (-20°F) 25 amps)

TS204
12 31 750 600 150

TX,90,BG212 –19–23DEC96–1/1

4-1-8 092206
PN=148
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Removing Batteries

IMPORTANT: Check for worn or frayed wires and

loose or corroded connections.

NOTE: The toolbox must be removed to access the

–UN–14JUL00
battery box. Always empty the toolbox before
lifting it.

1. Remove cap screws (A) and lift toolbox out of battery

T132012C
box.

2. Disconnect negative (—) battery cables first, then

positive (+) cables.

3. Remove nuts, washers, and hold-down brackets (B).

4. Lift batteries out of battery box.

–UN–26JUL02
A—Cap Screw (3 used)
B—Hold-Down Bracket (1 or 2 used)

T158046B
Optional Dual-Battery Configuration Shown

HG31779,00000BD –19–26JUL02–1/1

4-1-9 092206
PN=149
 Miscellaneous—Machine

IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperage

rating to prevent electrical system
damage from overload.

The following relay or fuse is located inside steering

console, near fuse block:

–UN–25AUG02
• K2—Accessory Relay
• F19—Coupler Fuse (if equipped)

T158712B
The following relays are located inside right-side console,
behind display monitor:
Steering Console Top Cover Shown Removed
• K7—Timer Relay
• K9—SG Unloading Valve Pump Relay (310SG and
315SG only)
• K10—Mode Door Relay

The following relays for pilot controls are located inside

side console behind display monitor:

• K11-Seat Forward Position Relay

• K12-Seat In Position Relay
• K13-In Position Latch Relay
• K14-Out Of Position Latch Relay
• K15-Seat Not Rear Relay
• K16-Over Ride Relay

The following relay is located inside right rear of engine

compartment:

• K1—Start Relay

The following relay is located near the wiper motor or leg

of the dill load assembly::

• K18—Loader Coupler Timer Relay (if equipped)

• K8—Flasher Relay

VD76477,0001074 –19–20SEP06–2/2

Replacing Fuses (S.N. 951254— )

The fuse block is located on the top of the front console

inside an access cover.

Continued on next page VD76477,0001075 –19–20SEP06–1/2

4-1-11 092206
PN=151
 Miscellaneous—Machine

MONITOR/ALARM/FLC

FUEL/STAR AID/ALM

DOME LIGHT/RADIO

NEUTRAL START
FNR/PARK BRAKE

BK UP ALARM

PARK BRAKE
UNLOAD VALVE

POWER PORT/

RELAY
RELAY

RELAY
AUX POWER
BK/ATC-10
BK/ATC-10

BK/ATC-15

BK/ATC-15

BK/ATC-10

BK/ATC-10
START

K4

K5

K6
F16 F12 F7 F2 F6 F13 T207040

ENGINE CONTROL/SERV
MFWD/ALT/DIFF LOCK

FLEX UNSWITCHED
AUX PWR/AIR SEAT

REAR WORK LIGHT

SPARE RESERVED
DRIVE/WORK/TAIL
DOCKING LIGHTS

FLASHER/HORN
WIPER/WASHER

UNSW _ RADIO
COUPLER/AUX

BLOWER/AC
BK/ATC-15

BK/ATC-10

BK/ATC-20

BK/ATC-15

BK/ATC-15

BK/ATC-15

BK/ATC-20

BK/ATC-25

BK/ATC-30

BK/ATC-20

BK/ATC-15

BK/ATC-10
BK/ATC-5

–19–13JUL05
LOADER
RTD

EX
F1 F3 F18 F9 F15 F19 F10 F11 F8 F20 F14 F5 F4 F17

T211767
T211767
Fuse Block

F1— F8—Blower/AC 30 A Fuse F14—Turn/Stop/Flash/Horn 20 F19—Coupler Accessories

MFWD/Alternator/Differential F9—Wiper/Washer 15 A Fuse A Fuse Fuse 15 A Fuse
Lock/RTD 15 A Fuse F10—Rear Work Lights Circuit F15—Docking Lights/Beacon F20—Reserved Fuse
F2—Power Port/Auxiliary 20 A Fuse Circuit 15 A Fuse K4—Back-Up Relay
Power 15 A Fuse F11—Drive/Work/Tail Lights F16—Monitor/Alarm 10 A K5—Park Brake Latching
F5—Radio (Battery) 5 A Fuse Circuit 25 A Fuse Fuse Relay
F6—Dome Light/Radio 10 A F12—FNR/Park Brake/SG F17—ECU (Battery)/Service K6—Neutral Start Relay
Fuse Unload Valve 10 A Fuse Advisor 10 A Fuse
F7—ECU (Ignition)/Start F13—Start 10 A Fuse F18—Auxiliary Power/Air Seat
Aid/Back-Up Alarm 15 A 20 A Fuse
Fuse

IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperage • K10—Mode Door Relay

rating to prevent electrical system
damage from overload. The following relays for optional pilot control are
located inside side console behind display monitor.
The following relays are located inside front console by
fuse block. • K11—Seat Forward Position Relay
• K12—Seat In Position Relay
• K2—Accessory Relay • K13—In Position Latch Relay
• K8—Flasher Relay • K14—Out Of Position Latch Relay
• K18—Coupler Time Delay Relay (optional) • K15—Seat Not Rear Relay
• K16—Over Ride Relay
The following relays are located inside side console
behind display monitor. The following relay is located inside right rear engine
compartment.
• K3—Selective Flow Control Relay
• K9—Unloading Valve Pump Relay • K1—Start Relay

VD76477,0001075 –19–20SEP06–2/2

4-1-12 092206
PN=152
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Remove and Install Halogen Bulb (S.N. —

953497)

1. Remove screws (A), cover (B), lamp (C), and lamp

housing (E).

–UN–12MAR91
2. Disconnect wiring lead and release retainer clip to
remove bulb (D).

IMPORTANT: Do not touch the halogen bulb with

T7484AC
bare hands. Oil and moisture may
cause premature bulb failure. Clean
bulb glass if touched, using an oil-free
A—Screw (2 used)
cloth with alcohol.
B—Lamp Cover
C—Lamp
3. Install new bulb, lamp and assemble housing. D—Bulb
E—Lamp Housing

AM40430,00002C4 –19–05JAN06–1/1

Remove and Install Halogen Bulb (S.N.

953498—)

1. Remove screws (1), cover (2), lamp (3), and lamp

housing (5).

–UN–07JAN06
2. Disconnect wiring lead and release retainer clip to
remove bulb (4).

TX1002234A
IMPORTANT: Do not touch the halogen bulb with
bare hands. Oil and moisture may
cause premature bulb failure. Clean
bulb glass if touched, using an oil-free
1—Screw (4 used)
cloth with alcohol.
2—Lamp Cover
3—Lamp
3. Install new bulb, lamp and assemble housing. 4—Bulb
5—Lamp Housing

AM40430,00002C5 –19–10JAN06–1/1

4-1-13 092206
PN=153
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Checking Neutral Start System

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury or death. DO

NOT attempt to start machine unless you are
sitting in operator’s seat with FNR lever in

–UN–20JUN00
“Neutral.” DO NOT bypass or disable any of the
starting system parts.

Set park brake before attempting to start

T131803C
engine.

This machine has a neutral start switch that is activated

by the FNR lever (A). A—FNR Lever
B—Gearshift Lever
Engage park brake.

With a manual shift transmission: Move gearshift lever

(B) to N.

Check the neutral start system to ensure that the

machine:

• WILL start with the FNR lever in “Neutral” position.

• WILL NOT start with FNR lever in any other position.

If starting system fails to operate correctly, have your

authorized dealer repair the system immediately.

OUO1079,0000287 –19–19SEP00–1/1

4-1-14 092206
PN=154
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Changing Loader Buckets

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling

hardware. Bucket cylinder and links will fall
forward if bucket is in dig position when pins
are removed. Remove pins only when bucket is
on ground in full dump position.

1. Place bucket in dump position on floor.

2. Remove pin (A) and pivot links (B) to rear against

cross tube (C).

3. Remove pin (D) and carefully lay cylinder (E) on cross

tube.

CAUTION: Bucket is heavy and can cause injury

if not moved properly. Use adequate lifting

–UN–17SEP96
device to move bucket.

4. Remove pins (F) and bucket.

T103832
5. Position new bucket in dump position where previously
removed bucket was. Install pins (F).

6. Connect bucket links and cylinder using previously A—Pin

removed pins (A and D) and retaining hardware. B—Pivot Links (2 used)
C—Cross Tube
D—Pin
E—Cylinder
F—Pins (2 used)

TX,35,BD2101 –19–07OCT96–1/1

4-1-15 092206
PN=155
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Reversing Stabilizer Feet—310G, 310SG

Use rubber pad side (A) of stabilizer foot when operating

on paved surface to prevent damaging work area.

Use cleat side (B) of stabilizer foot when operating in dirt

to prevent slipping.

To change foot surface, remove pin (C), rotate foot 180°

to opposite surface, and install pin to keep foot from
turning back around.

A—Rubber Pad Side

B—Cleat Side
C—Pin

–UN–27APR94
T8214AO
OUO1079,0000256 –19–16APR02–1/1

Changing Sideshift Backhoe Stabilizer Feet—

315SG

1. Raise stabilizers high enough to remove stabilizer feet.

2. Loosen locking nut (B) and turn in locking bolt (A) on

each stabilizer leg to lock in place. Tighten locking nut.

3. Replace stabilizer feet.

CAUTION: Stabilizers may drop down when

loosening the stabilizer lock bolts. Keep clear of
area under the stabilizers when loosening the
stabilizer lock bolts.

4. Loosen locking nut (B) and turn out locking bolt (A) on
each stabilizer leg to release. Tighten locking nut.

A—Locking Bolt
–UN–18MAY98

B—Locking Nut
T115437

CED,OUO1079,459 –19–13JUL00–1/1

4-1-16 092206
PN=156
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires—310G

NOTE: See Tire Inflation Pressures. (Section 3-3.)

Weights given are for tires 75 percent full of liquid.

Water Only Water/CaCl2 Solution *

Weight of Solution
Tire Size Water Volume Water Weight Water Volume Water Weight Per Tire
11L-15 8PR F3 53 L (14 gal) 53 kg (117 lb) 45 L (12 gal) 19 kg (42 lb) 64 kg (142 lb)
11L-16 12PR F3 57 L (15 gal) 57 kg (126 lb) 49 L (13 gal) 21 kg (46 lb) 70 kg (155 lb)
12-16.5 8PR NHS 57 L (15 gal) 57 kg (126 lb) 49 L (13 gal) 21 kg (46 lb) 70 kg (155 lb)
(MFWD)

*Approximately 1.6 kg (3.5 lb) CaCl2 per gallon of water will stay slush free to —24°C (—12°F) and will freeze solid at —47°C (—52°F).

OUO1079,00002B8 –19–16APR02–1/1

Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires—310SG

and 315SG

NOTE: See Tire Inflation Pressures. (Section 3-3.)

Weights given are for tires 75 percent full of liquid.

Water Only Water/CaCl2 Solution *

Weight of Solution
Tire Size Water Volume Water Weight Water Volume Water Weight Per Tire
11L-15 8PR F3 53 L (14 gal) 53 kg (117 lb) 45 L (12 gal) 19 kg (42 lb) 64 kg (142 lb)
(310SG only)
11L-16 12PR F3 57 L (15 gal) 57 kg (126 lb) 49 L (13 gal) 21 kg (46 lb) 70 kg (155 lb)
12.5/80-18 10PR 102 L (27 gal) 102 kg (225 lb) 95 L (25 gal) 28 kg (62 lb) 123 kg (269 lb)
(MFWD)

*Approximately 1.6 kg (3.5 lb) CaCl2 per gallon of water will stay slush free to —24°C (—12°F) and will freeze solid at —47°C (—52°F).

OUO1079,00002B9 –19–16APR02–1/1

4-1-17 092206
PN=157
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Welding on Machine

IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground cables to

prevent voltage spikes from damaging
alternator or dash instruments.

–UN–22AUG02
Connect welder ground clamp close to
each weld area so electrical current
does not arc inside any bearings.

T158046C
NOTE: The toolbox must be removed to access the
battery box. See Removing Batteries in this
section.

HG31779,00000BE –19–26JUL02–1/1

4-1-18 092206
PN=158
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Checking Ride Control Accumulator—If

Equipped

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before

–UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure

X9811
fluids.

CAUTION: The boom will jump upward during

this check. Make sure area around bucket is
clear.

1. Start engine.

–UN–01JUL02
2. Run engine at high idle.

3. Push ride control switch (A) to on position.

T156914B
4. Raise boom to maximum height.

5. Power boom down half-way to ground. A—Ride Control Switch

6. Stop suddenly by releasing loader control lever.

7. If boom is not cushioned when loader valve is

released, see your authorized dealer for servicing the
accumulator.

AM40430,00000CF –19–06JUL05–1/1

4-1-19 092206
PN=159
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Discharge Ride Control System Hydraulic

Pressure—If Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from

unexpected boom or bucket movement when

–UN–01JUL02
equipped with ride control. Ride control
accumulator energy must be discharged when
working on hydraulic components. Turn key
switch to ON. Push upper half of ride control

T156914B
switch to activate ride control and move loader
control lever to FLOAT.

Do not have ride control activated when starting A—Ride Control Switch
the machine; the machine may move if ride
control is activated when the machine is
started.

Do not have ride control activated when

operating the loader; the ride control system
may cause unexpected movement.

The ride control system has an accumulator and valve in

the loader circuit.

Before servicing or performing maintenance on the

machine, discharge hydraulic oil pressure from the ride
control system as follows:

1. Ensure that area around bucket is clear.

2. Push lower half of ride control switch (A) to deactivate

ride control.

3. Start the engine.

4. Position front loader boom so that the bucket is

approximately 30 cm (1 ft) off the ground.

5. Stop the engine.

6. Turn key switch to “On” without restarting engine. Push

upper half of ride control switch to activate ride control.

7. Move loader control lever to “Float” position. Bucket

should lower to ground.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,407 –19–06JUL00–1/2

4-1-20 092206
PN=160
 Miscellaneous—Machine

8. If ride control accumulator has lost gas charge, see

Checking Ride Control Accumulator—If Equipped in
this section.

CED,OUO1079,407 –19–06JUL00–2/2

Discharge Pilot Control System Hydraulic

Pressure—If Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected

machine movement. Turn engine off. Keep

–UN–02JAN03
bystanders clear of machine.

Before servicing or performing maintenance on the

machine, discharge hydraulic oil pressure from the pilot

T163349B
control system as follows:

1. Ensure that area around bucket is clear.

1—Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch
2. Turn off engine. 2—Pilot Controls

3. Turn key switch to “On” position.

4. Rotate seat to backhoe operation position.

5. Pull pilot control towers back to operating position.

6. Push pilot control enable/disable switch (1) to “Unlock”

position to enable pilot controls.

7. Actuate pilot controls (2) in a circular pattern for five to

ten rotations.

HG31779,00001BD –19–02JAN03–1/1

4-1-21 092206
PN=161
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Lowering Boom Without Electrical Power—

For Machines With Pilot Controls

1. Remove rear half of floor mat.

2. Remove cap screws (1) and plastic cover (2).

–UN–15JAN03
3. Remove cap screws (3) and rear cab access floor
plate (4).

T163972B
1—Cap Screw (4 used)
2—Plastic Cover
3—Cap Screw (4 used)
4—Rear Cab Access Floor Plate

BT40170,0000043 –19–24JAN03–1/2

4. Disconnect hose (5) from bulkhead fitting (6).

5. Connect remote pressure source to bulkhead fitting (6).

Pressure source must be within specification.

Specification

–UN–27JAN03
Remote Pressure Source—
Pressure ....................................................................... 1379—24 821 kPa
14—248 bar
200—3600 psi

T164626B
6. Lower boom using pilot controls.

7. Disconnect remote pressure source.

5—Hose
6—Pilot Pressure Bulkhead Fitting
8. Connect hose (5) to bulkhead fitting (6).

9. Install rear access floor plate (4).

10. Install plastic cover (2) and floor mat.

BT40170,0000043 –19–24JAN03–2/2

4-1-22 092206
PN=162
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Check Park Brake

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from

unexpected machine movement. Fasten seat
belt before performing this check.

–UN–15JUN00
1. Fasten seat belt.

2. Start machine on dry, hard pavement.

T131504F
3. Raise loader and backhoe buckets off ground.

4. Push right half of park brake switch (A) to disengage A—Park Brake Switch
the park brake.

5. Disengage MFWD, if equipped.

6. Move the FNR lever to F. Move the gearshift lever to

2nd gear.

7. Depress the speed control pedal to the floor and drive

approximately 7 m (20 ft), then push left half of park
brake switch to engage the park brake. The machine
must stop within 2 m (6 ft) and transmission must shift
to “Neutral”.

OUO1079,0000288 –19–16MAY02–1/1

4-1-23 092206
PN=163
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Bleeding Service Brakes

CAUTION: Operating machine with excessive

brake travel could cause brakes not to stop
machine on first application.

–UN–26OCT88
NOTE: Air will "gravity bleed" from brake system through
brake valve without use of bleed screws.

Low ambient temperature or aeration of oil will

T6838AE
slow bleed process. Brake lines must be inclined
toward brake valve.

Bleeding Brakes Manually

1. Engage park brake. Run engine at fast idle. Dump and

curl backhoe bucket five times.

2. Run engine at slow idle. Pump left-side brake pedal

five times, allowing 2 seconds between each pump for
air to escape.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the left-side brake pedal is

solid.

4. Pump right-side brake pedal until pedal is solid, then

pump both brake pedals together until both brake
pedals are solid.

5. Check pedal travel.

Specification
Dual Brake Pedal Travel—
Distance ........................................................... 95 mm (3.75 in.) Maximum
Single Brake Pedal Travel—
Distance ........................................................... 114 mm (4.5 in.) Maximum

Bleeding Brakes with Vacuum Device

1. Engage park brake. Connect a vacuum device to

breather port on hydraulic reservoir. After 10 minutes,
disconnect air pressure from vacuum device.

2. Leave hose from breather port to vacuum device

connected until brake circuit is filled with oil. Both
pedals should become solid.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,579 –19–16MAY02–1/2

4-1-24 092206
PN=164
 Miscellaneous—Machine

3. Check pedal travel.

Specification
Dual Brake Pedal Travel—
Distance ........................................................... 95 mm (3.75 in.) Maximum
Single Brake Pedal Travel—
Distance ........................................................... 114 mm (4.5 in.) Maximum

Brakes will continue to self-bleed as you operate machine

and pedal firmness should improve. If unable to obtain
firm brake pedal, inspect lines and connections for
leakage. See your authorized dealer.

CED,OUO1079,579 –19–16MAY02–2/2

4-1-25 092206
PN=165
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Service Recommendations For STC1 Fittings

STC fittings are used on this machine. The fittings are

designed to allow the hydraulic hose to rotate as needed
when the system is not pressurized. This prevents the
hydraulic hoses from binding when components are put
back to their operating position.

Fittings are easily disconnected using special tool,

–UN–25SEP00
JDG1385 (1) (supplied with machine). The special tool
has a different size slot cut into each end. The narrow slot
is for -06 size fittings. The wide slot is for -08 size fittings.
Use appropriate end of special tool on fitting being

T133974B
disconnected. To connect fittings, simply push each half of
fitting together.
JDG1385 Tool Storage Location—Earlier Machines

IMPORTANT: DO NOT pry against release sleeve or

damage to fitting may result.

DO NOT force release sleeve beyond

normal range of travel, otherwise,
release sleeve may fall off when hose is

–UN–14APR03
disconnected. If this happens and fitting
is connected without the release sleeve
installed, fitting will not be able to be
disconnected again.

T161381C
1. Disconnect STC type fittings:
JDG1385 Tool Storage Location In Toolbox—Later Machines
a. Clean area around fitting, especially around the
release sleeve (3).

b. While keeping special tool JDG1385 perpendicular

to the fitting, insert tool between release sleeve and
shoulder.

–UN–24OCT00
c. Gently push, DO NOT PRY, release sleeve away
from shoulder to disconnect the fitting.

d. Pull hose to disconnect.

T134792C

1—Special Tool JDG1385

2—Shoulder Of Fitting
3—Release Sleeve

1
STC is a registered trademark of the Aeroquip Corporation.
Continued on next page OUO1010,0000457 –19–28JAN03–1/2

4-1-26 092206
PN=166
 Miscellaneous—Machine

2. Inspect STC fittings:

a. Check seal mating surfaces for nicks, scratches, or

flat spots.

b. Check O-ring (4), backup ring (5), and retaining ring

–UN–21SEP00
(2) for wear or damage.

c. Make sure O-ring, backup ring, and retaining ring

are in position before connecting fitting halves

T133922
together.

3. Connect STC fittings:

1—Release Sleeve
2—Retaining Ring
a. Make sure fitting halves (3 and 6) are clean and 3—Female Half of STC Fitting
free of contaminates. 4—O-Ring
5—Backup Ring
b. Make sure release sleeve (1) is on male half (6) of 6—Male Half of STC Fitting
fitting before connecting fitting halves together.

c. Push fitting halves together until a definite snap and

solid stop is felt.

d. Pull back on hose to make sure fitting halves are

locked together.

e. To prevent hoses from binding, move component

into position before pressurizing hydraulic system.

OUO1010,0000457 –19–28JAN03–2/2

Check and Adjust Engine Speed Control

Linkage

See your authorized dealer.

CED,OUO1079,486 –19–19JUL00–1/1

4-1-27 092206
PN=167
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Adjusting Speed Control Lever Tension

(S.N.—913416)

1. Remove rear floor mat. Remove left and right stabilizer

lever knobs (A and B). Remove screws. Remove lever
console cover.

–UN–25OCT00
2. Measure force required to move engine speed control
lever (C). Put spring scale (D) on engine speed control
lever just below knob.

T131729C
Specification
Speed Control Lever—Force......................................40—49 N (9—11 lb)

3. Tighten or loosen adjustment cap screw (E). Measure

force again.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 if necessary until lever tension is

at specification.

–UN–25OCT00
5. Install lever console cover. Install screws. Install left
and right stabilizer lever knobs. Install rear floor mat.

T134817B
A—Left Stabilizer Lever Knob
B—Right Stabilizer Lever Knob
C—Engine Speed Control Lever
D—Spring Scale
E—Adjustment Cap Screw

HG31779,00001F3 –19–24FEB03–1/1

4-1-28 092206
PN=168
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Adjusting Speed Control Lever Tension (S.N.

913417—)

1. Remove rear floor mat. Remove left and right stabilizer

lever knobs (A and B). Remove screws. Remove lever
console cover.

–UN–25OCT00
2. Measure force required to move engine speed control
lever (C). Put spring scale (D) on engine speed control
lever just below knob.

T131729C
Specification
Speed Control Lever—Force....................................40—49 N (12—16 lb)

3. Tighten or loosen adjustment cap screw (E). Measure

force again.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 if necessary until lever tension is

at specification.

–UN–25OCT00
5. Install lever console cover. Install screws. Install left
and right stabilizer lever knobs. Install rear floor mat.

T134817B
A—Left Stabilizer Lever Knob
B—Right Stabilizer Lever Knob
C—Engine Speed Control Lever
D—Spring Scale
E—Adjustment Cap Screw

OUO1079,000028D –19–28SEP00–1/1

Adjusting Pilot Control Wrist Rest —If

Equipped

1. Turn lever (1) counterclockwise to loosen.

2. Adjust wrist rest (2) up or down to desired position.

3. Turn lever clockwise to tighten. –UN–02JAN03

T163361B

HG31779,00001BE –19–02JAN03–1/1

4-1-29 092206
PN=169
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Checking and Adjusting Toe-In (S.N.—911129)

–UN–18OCT88

–UN–18OCT88
T6159AC

T6157AF
1. Measure distance from ground to center of hub (A) and
make a mark on front (B) and rear (C) of each front tire
in center of tread.

2. Measure distance between front marks (B).

–UN–02NOV88
3. Measure distance between rear marks (C).

4. The distance between front marks must be less than

distance between rear marks by the following amount.

T6162AT
Specification
Toe-In Measurement—Standard Non-MFWD
Axle Distance between (B) and
(C) ......................................................................... 6 ± 3 mm (1/4 ± 1/8 in.)
MFWD Axle Distance between
(B) and (C)............................................................ 3 ± 3 mm (1/8 ± 1/8 in.)

Machines Without Mechanical Front Wheel Drive:

1. To adjust toe-in, loosen both tie rod clamps (E) and

–UN–03SEP96
turn tie rod tube (D).

2. Turn clamps so that cap screws are toward rear of

machine and tipped down approximately 45°.
T103499
3. Tighten clamp cap screws to specification. MFWD

Specification A—Center of Hub

Toe-In Tie Rod Clamp Cap B—Front of Tire
Screws—Torque ..............................................95 ± 14 N•m (70 ± 10 lb-ft) C—Rear of Tire
D—Tie Rod Tube
Machines With Mechanical Front Wheel Drive: E—Tie Rod Clamp
F—Nuts
G—Rod End
1. To adjust toe-in, loosen nuts (F).

Continued on next page TX,90,BD2189 –19–19NOV99–1/2

4-1-30 092206
PN=170
 Miscellaneous—Machine

2. Turn rod end (G) to get proper toe-in.

3. Adjust toe-in equally on both tie rods.

4. Tighten nuts to specification.

Specification
Toe-In Tie Rod Nuts—Torque .........................................50 N•m (35 lb-ft)

TX,90,BD2189 –19–19NOV99–2/2

Checking and Adjusting Toe-In (S.N.

911130—)

1. Measure distance from ground to hub center (A). At

this height, mark front (B) and rear (C) in center of
tread of each front tire.

–UN–02NOV88
2. Measure distance between front marks (B) and rear
marks (C).

T6382JW
3. Front marks must be 3—6 mm (1/8—1/4 in.) closer
than rear marks.

To adjust toe-in, loosen both locking nuts (E) and turn

threaded rod (F) in or out depending upon needed
adjustment.

Tighten locking nut (E) to specification.

–UN–09SEP02
Specification
Non-Powered Axle Locking Nut—
Torque ......................................................................... 250 N•m (185 lb-ft)
Powered Axle Locking Nut—

T159214B
Torque ......................................................................... 300 N•m (220 lb-ft)

A—Center of Hub
B—Front of Tire
C—Rear of Tire
D—Tie Rod Tube
E—Adjustment/Locking Nut
F—Threaded Rod

BT40170,0000041 –19–30AUG02–1/1

4-1-31 092206
PN=171
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Installing Teeth on Backhoe Bucket

1. Position flex pin (C) with grooves (D) toward the tooth
tip. The grooves are the locking mechanism.

NOTE: If "back" is stamped on the pin, this word must

–UN–16DEC91
face the shank.

If shank is badly worn, install new shank.

T7646AP
Install special teeth for digging in rock or frost.

2. To remove tooth tip (A), drive out flex pin (C).

3. To fasten tooth tip to shank (B), drive flex pin (C) in

place.

A—Tooth Tip
B—Tooth Shank

–UN–16DEC91
C—Flex Pin
D—Grooves

T7646AO
–UN–16DEC91
T7646AN
TX,90,BD2190 –19–07OCT96–1/1

Do Not Service Control Valves, Cylinders,

Pumps or Motors

Special tools and information are needed to service

control valves, cylinders, pumps, or motors.

If these parts need service, see your authorized dealer.

T82,EXMA,BJ –19–08JUN94–1/1

4-1-32 092206
PN=172
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Hardware Torque Specifications

Check cap screws and nuts to be sure they are tight. If

hardware is loose, tighten to torque shown on the
following charts unless a special torque is specified.

TX,90,FF1225 –19–15MAR93–1/1

Keep ROPS Installed Properly

CAUTION: Make certain all parts are reinstalled

correctly if the rollover protective structure
(ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason.
Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque.

–UN–23AUG88
The protection offered by ROPS will be
impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural
damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or

TS176
is in any way altered. A damaged ROPS should
be replaced, not reused.

When installation of equipment on a machine necessitates

loosening or removing ROPS, mounting bolts must be
tightened to specification.

Specification
ROPS Mounting Bolts—Torque ..................420 ± 84 N•m (310 ± 62 lb-ft)

TX,90,BD2192 –19–06MAY98–1/1

4-1-33 092206
PN=173
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values

TS1671 –UN–01MAY03

Bolt or SAE Grade 1 SAE Grade 2a SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 SAE Grade 8 or 8.2
b c
Screw Lubricated Dry Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc
Size N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in
1/4 3.7 33 4.7 42 6 53 7.5 66 9.5 84 12 106 13.5 120 17 150
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
5/16 7.7 68 9.8 86 12 106 15.5 137 19.5 172 25 221 28 20.5 35 26
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
3/8 13.5 120 17.5 155 22 194 27 240 35 26 44 32.5 49 36 63 46
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
7/16 22 194 28 20.5 35 26 44 32.5 56 41 70 52 80 59 100 74
N•m lb-ft
1/2 34 25 42 31 53 39 67 49 85 63 110 80 120 88 155 115
9/16 48 35.5 60 45 76 56 95 70 125 92 155 115 175 130 220 165
5/8 67 49 85 63 105 77 135 100 170 125 215 160 240 175 305 225
3/4 120 88 150 110 190 140 240 175 300 220 380 280 425 315 540 400
7/8 190 140 240 175 190 140 240 175 490 360 615 455 690 510 870 640
1 285 210 360 265 285 210 360 265 730 540 920 680 1030 760 1300 960
1-1/8 400 300 510 375 400 300 510 375 910 670 1150 850 1450 1075 1850 1350
1-1/4 570 420 725 535 570 420 725 535 1280 945 1630 1200 2050 1500 2600 1920
1-3/8 750 550 950 700 750 550 950 700 1700 1250 2140 1580 2700 2000 3400 2500
1-1/2 990 730 1250 930 990 730 1250 930 2250 1650 2850 2100 3600 2650 4550 3350
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of the Replace fasteners with the same or higher grade. If higher
bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or grade fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the
tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For plastic insert or original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you
crimped steel type lock nuts, for stainless steel fasteners, or for nuts on properly start thread engagement. When possible, lubricate
U-bolts, see the tightening instructions for the specific application. Shear plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts, wheel bolts
bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for the
bolts with identical grade. specific application.
a
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6. in (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in. (152 mm) long,
and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
b
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or 7/8 in. and larger fasteners with
JDM F13C zinc flake coating.
c
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or 1/4 to 3/4 in. fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating.

DX,TORQ1 –19–24APR03–1/1

4-1-34 092206
PN=174
 Miscellaneous—Machine

Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values

–UN–01MAY03
4.8 8.8 9.8 10.9 12.9 12.9

4.8 8.8 9.8 10.9 12.9 12.9

TS1670
Bolt or Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9
a b a b a b
Screw Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricateda Dryb
Size N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in
M6 4.7 42 6 53 8.9 79 11.3 100 13 115 16.5 146 15.5 137 19.5 172
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
M8 11.5 102 14.5 128 22 194 27.5 243 32 23.5 40 29.5 37 27.5 47 35
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
M10 23 204 29 21 43 32 55 40 63 46 80 59 75 55 95 70
N•m lb-ft
M12 40 29.5 50 37 75 55 95 70 110 80 140 105 130 95 165 120
M14 63 46 80 59 120 88 150 110 175 130 220 165 205 150 260 190
M16 100 74 125 92 190 140 240 175 275 200 350 255 320 235 400 300
M18 135 100 170 125 265 195 330 245 375 275 475 350 440 325 560 410
M20 190 140 245 180 375 275 475 350 530 390 675 500 625 460 790 580
M22 265 195 330 245 510 375 650 480 725 535 920 680 850 625 1080 800
M24 330 245 425 315 650 480 820 600 920 680 1150 850 1080 800 1350 1000
M27 490 360 625 460 950 700 1200 885 1350 1000 1700 1250 1580 1160 2000 1475
M30 660 490 850 625 1290 950 1630 1200 1850 1350 2300 1700 2140 1580 2700 2000
M33 900 665 1150 850 1750 1300 2200 1625 2500 1850 3150 2325 2900 2150 3700 2730
M36 1150 850 1450 1075 2250 1650 2850 2100 3200 2350 4050 3000 3750 2770 4750 3500
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always
of the bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque replace shear bolts with identical property class. Replace fasteners
value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For with the same or higher property class. If higher property class
stainless steel fasteners or for nuts on U-bolts, see the tightening fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the original. Make
instructions for the specific application. Tighten plastic insert or sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread
crimped steel type lock nuts by turning the nut to the dry torque engagement. When possible, lubricate plain or zinc plated fasteners
shown in the chart, unless different instructions are given for the other than lock nuts, wheel bolts or wheel nuts, unless different
specific application. instructions are given for the specific application.
a
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or M20 and larger fasteners with
JDM F13C zinc flake coating.
b
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or M6 to M18 fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating.

DX,TORQ2 –19–24APR03–1/1

4-1-35 092206
PN=175
 Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout
Operational Checkout Procedure
Use this procedure to check all systems and functions
on the machine. It is designed so you can make a
quick check of machine operation while doing both a
walk around inspection and performing specific checks
from the operator’s seat.
Should you experience a problem with your machine,
you will find helpful diagnostic information in this
checkout that will pinpoint the cause. Use the table of
contents to help find adjustment procedures. This
information may allow you to perform simple repairs
yourself, reducing machine down time.
The information obtained after completing the
operational checkout will allow you or your authorized
dealer to pinpoint a specific test or repair needed to
restore the machine to specifications.
Gauge and Indicator Check With Engine Off
Monitor Indicator Lights
and Alarm Checks
T158471 –UN–12AUG02
Turn key switch to ON position and hold.
LOOK: Are all monitor indicator lights on? Is STOP light ON and does alarm sound?
NOTE: Starting motor MUST NOT operate.
4-2-1
A location will be required which is level and has
adequate space to complete the checks. No tools or
equipment are needed to perform this checkout.
Complete the necessary visual checks (oil levels, oil
condition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage,
wiring, etc.) prior to doing the checkout. The machine
must be at operating temperature for many of the
checks.
Locate the check to be performed at the top of the left
column and read completely down the column before
performing the check. Follow this sequence from left to
right. In the far right column, if no problem is found,
you will be instructed to go to next check. If a problem
is indicated, you will be referred to either a group in
this manual or to your authorized dealer for repair.
TX,9005,YY2037 –19–11AUG05–1/1
– – –1/1
YES: Go to next check.
NO: Check monitor/gauge
fuse. If motor starts and
bulb check position is OK,
key switch is failed or
there is a short in wiring.
See your authorized
dealer.
– – –1/1
092206
PN=176
 Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

FNR, Neutral Start Circuit and Reverse Warning Alarm Checks

– – –1/1

FNR Switch Check Engine off. YES: Go to next check.

Move FNR lever to forward (F), reverse (R), then neutral NO: If no "click", inspect
(N) position. neutral start relay. See
your authorized dealer.
FEEL: Observe and feel forward, neutral and reverse
detents.

Turn key switch to ON position. Move FNR lever into

T7447AH –UN–04JAN91
forward and reverse.

LISTEN: Did you hear a "click" from the front console

neutral start relay when the key switch was turned ON?

– – –1/1

Neutral Start Check Move FNR lever to forward (F) position and turn key switch to start position. YES: Go to next check.

Move FNR lever to reverse (R) position and turn key switch to start position. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
LISTEN: Did starting motor operate?

– – –1/1

Start Circuit Check Move FNR lever to neutral (N) position and turn key YES: Go to next check.
switch to START position.
NO: If engine turns but
Observe and listen to monitor as engine is cranking. does not start, check fuel
shut-off/start aid/reverse
LISTEN: Did starting motor operate? alarm fuse. If starting
motor does not operate
LISTEN: Did alarm sound? check start fuse. See
your authorized dealer.
T7447AH –UN–04JAN91
LOOK: During engine cranking, were all indicator lights
ON? Is STOP indicator ON?

– – –1/1

Reverse Warning Alarm Key switch ON. YES: Go to next check.

Check
Move FNR lever to reverse (R) position. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
LISTEN: Does reverse warning alarm sound?

T7447AI –UN–04JAN91

– – –1/1

4-2-2 092206
PN=177
 Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

Park Brake, Indicator Light, and Engine Speed Control Linkage Checks

– – –1/1

Park Brake Indicator YES: Go to next check.

Check
T7447AG –UN–04JAN91
IMPORTANT: If engine oil pressure indicator light stays ON, STOP ENGINE
IMMEDIATELY, check oil level.
NO: If engine low oil
pressure indicator light
stays ON, STOP ENGINE
IMMEDIATELY and check
oil level. If alternator
indicator light is ON,
increase engine speed to
T158471 –UN–12AUG02
1200 rpm and alternator
light MUST go out.

Engage park brake.

Put FNR lever in neutral (N) and start the engine.

Put FNR lever in forward (F) position.

LOOK: Is STOP indicator ON? Does alarm sound? Are all other indicator lights out?

Release park brake.

LOOK/LISTEN: Is park brake indicator and STOP light out? Alarm will not sound.

– – –1/1

Engine Speed Control Depress speed control pedal YES: Yes: Go to next
Pedal Linkage Check check.
LISTEN: Does engine speed stay the same as with
speed control lever in fast idle position? NO: Adjust Speed Control
Linkage. See your
authorized dealer.

T7394BF –UN–06JAN92

– – –1/1

Brake System Checks

– – –1/1

4-2-3 092206
PN=178
 Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

Pedal Stop Check Lift left and right brake pedals individually. YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Is there a minimal amount of travel before cap NO: See your authorized
screws contact stop? dealer.

NOTE: Gap between pedal stop screws and plate should

be 0.127—0.381 mm (0.005—0.015 in.).

T134625 –UN–19OCT00
This travel ensures that brake check valves are opened
and brakes are released.

– – –1/1

Brake System Leakage Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedal NO: Go to next check.
Check using approximately 267 N (60 lb. force).
YES: Bleed brake
LOOK: Brake pedal must NOT feel spongy (caused by system.
air in system). Does pedal settle more than 25 mm (1.0
in.) per minute?

Specification
T134626 –UN–19OCT00
Brake System—Maximum
Leakage ............................................. 25 mm (1.0 in.) per
minute with approximately
267 N (60 lb. force)
applied

– – –1/1

Park Brake Function Start machine, move throttle to 1200 rpm. YES: If the machine
Check moves in any gear, see
Leave park brake ON. your authorized dealer.

Put FNR lever in forward position. YES: If the indicators do

not work, see your
Shift transmission starting with 1st. gear through 4th. gear, pausing for 5 seconds in authorized dealer.
each gear.
NO: Go to next check.
Move FNR lever to reverse position.

Shift transmission starting with 1st. gear through 4th. gear, pausing for 5 seconds in
each gear.

Move FNR lever back to neutral position.

Move throttle back to slow idle and shut the machine off.

LOOK: The machine MUST NOT move in any gear.

LOOK: Park Brake indicators MUST be lit.

LOOK: Stop light MUST be flashing.

LISTEN: An audible beeping alarm MUST be heard.

LISTEN: With the FNR In the reverse position, the reverse audible alarm MUST be
heard.

– – –1/1

4-2-4 092206
PN=179
 Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

Steering System Checks

– – –1/1

Steering Check Raise loader bucket above ground level. YES: Go to next check.

Raise rear of machine off ground using stabilizers. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
Operate engine at approximately 1000 rpm.

Specification
Steering Check—Approximate Engine
Speed ................................................................................................................. 1000 rpm

Turn steering wheel from full left to full right several times.

LOOK: Did front wheels move smoothly in both directions?

LOOK: When steering wheel was stopped, did front wheels stop moving?

NOTE: Internal leakage or a sticking steering valve spool can cause wheels to
continue to move after steering wheel is stopped.

– – –1/1

Hydraulic System Checks

– – –1/1

Stabilizer Cylinder and Operate machine at approximately 1500 rpm. YES: Go to next check.
Valve Check
Specification NO: Cylinders drift up or
Stabilizer Cylinder and Valve Check— down. Inspect lock outs.
Approximate Engine Speed ............................................................................... 1500 rpm See your authorized
dealer.
Position loader bucket above ground.

Lower each stabilizer cylinder and raise rear of machine off ground.

LOOK/FEEL: Do cylinders extend smoothly and hold machine up?

Retract each stabilizer cylinder.

LOOK/FEEL: Do cylinders retract smoothly and remain up?

– – –1/1

4-2-5 092206
PN=180
 Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

Backhoe and Loader NOTE: Feel backhoe cylinders. Cylinder must be warm NO: Go to next check.
Function Drift Check to touch (38—52°C [100—125°F]). If cylinders are not
warm, heat oil to specifications. YES: Verify which
function is drifting. See
With backhoe fully extended, put backhoe bucket at a your authorized dealer.
45° angle to ground.

Specification
Hydraulic Oil—
T7374CI –UN–04OCT90
Temperature................................ 38—52°C (100—125°F)
(Cylinders warm to touch)

Lower boom until bucket cutting edge is 50 mm (2.0 in.)

off the ground.

Position loader bucket same distance off ground as

backhoe bucket.

Run engine at slow idle and observe bucket cutting

edge.

Specification
Backhoe and Loader
Function Drift Check—
Engine Speed ..................................................... Slow idle

LOOK: Do cutting edges touch ground within one

minute?

Specification
Backhoe and Loader
Function—Maximum Drift ............. 50 mm (2.0 in.) in one
minute

– – –1/1

Hydraulic Control Valve NOTE: Husco valves have one lift check for both work ports, and therefore only need NO: Go to next check.
Lift Check Test to be checked in one direction.
YES: Inspect control
Raise loader bucket 1 m (3.0 ft.) off the ground with the bucket level. valve lift check. See your
authorized dealer.
Position backhoe at maximum reach with bucket in dump position, 1 m (3.0 ft.) off the
ground.

Stop the engine.

Activate each function one at a time.

• Loader boom raise

• Loader bucket rollback
• Backhoe boom up
• Dipperstick extend
• Backhoe bucket dump

LOOK: Do functions move when the control lever is activated?

– – –1/1

4-2-6 092206
PN=181
 Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

Loader Boom Float Put loader bucket at maximum height position with bucket dumped. YES: Go to next check.
Check
Run engine at approximately 1500 rpm. NO: If it jumps out of
detent, check detent
Specification spring and detent balls.
Loader Boom Float Check—Approximate See your authorized
Engine Speed ..................................................................................................... 1500 rpm dealer.

Move the loader control lever forward into boom float detent position, and at the same
time into bucket rollback detent position. Remove hand from control lever.

LOOK: Does loader control lever remain in the boom float detent position?

– – –1/1

Loader Return-to-Dig YES: Go to next check.

Check
NO: Inspect return-to-dig
switch and activation
cam. See your authorized
dealer.

T7374CH –UN–04OCT90 T164529B –UN–24JAN03

Early Machines Later Machines

Run engine at approximately 1500 rpm.

Position loader and bucket 2 m (6.0 ft) above ground level with bucket in full dump
position.

Move the loader control lever into bucket rollback detent position. Remove hand from
control lever.

LOOK: Does loader control lever disengage from bucket rollback detent when bucket
indicator pointer is aligned with mark (1) on boom pivot?

LOOK: When bucket is at ground level, bucket must be level and bucket indicator
pointer must be aligned with mark (1) on the boom pivot.
– – –1/1

Ride Control System Run engine at high idle. YES: Go to next check.
Check
Push ride control switch to on position. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
Raise boom to maximum height.

Power boom down half-way to ground.

Stop suddenly by releasing loader control lever.

LOOK: Is boom cushioned when loader control valve is released?

– – –1/1

Pilot Control Operation Checks—If Equipped

– – –1/1

4-2-7 092206
PN=182
 Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

Pilot Control Tower Move pilot control towers into operating position. YES: Go to next check.
Operating/Stored
Position Check Release towers. NO: Inspect pilot control
towers. See your
LOOK/FEEL: Do towers stay in operating position? authorized dealer.

Move pilot control towers into stored position.

LOOK/FEEL: Do towers stay in stored position?

– – –1/1

Pilot Control Run engine at 1500 rpm. NO: Continue with check.
Enable/Disable Switch
Check Raise machine off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. YES: See your authorized
dealer.
Disable pilot controls and move control levers.

LOOK: Do activated functions move?

Enable pilot controls and move control levers. YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Do activated functions move? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

– – –1/1

Pilot Control Pattern Enable pilot controls. YES: Continue with

Select Switch Check check.
Select backhoe from the two position pattern select switch.
NO: See your authorized
Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward. dealer.

LOOK: Does backhoe boom move when left pilot control lever is activated?

Does backhoe crowd move when right pilot control lever is activated?

Select excavator from the two position pattern select switch. YES: Go to next check.

Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
LOOK: Does backhoe crowd move when left pilot control lever is activated?

Does backhoe boom move when right pilot control lever is activated?

– – –1/1

4-2-8 092206
PN=183
 Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

Pilot Control Valve Enable pilot controls. YES: Go to next check.

Check
Move pilot control levers in all directions. NO: If pilot control levers
bind during travel or do
FEEL/LOOK: Do levers move freely in all directions? not return to neutral
position, inspect controls
FEEL/LOOK: Do levers spring back to neutral when released? and towers. See your
authorized dealer.

– – –1/1

Pilot Control Run engine at 1500 rpm. YES: Go to next check.

Accumulator Check
Operators seat in backhoe position. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
Enable pilot controls.

Disengage boom from boom lock.

Hold boom up function over relief for ten seconds.

Turn engine off, and turn key switch to on.

NOTE: Pilot control enable switch must be cycled after key switch is turned back into
on position.

Cycle pilot enable switch to enable position.

Activate boom down function.

LOOK: Does boom lower when boom down function is activated?

– – –1/1

Check Operation Of Accessories (Engine Stopped)

– – –1/1

Front Light Switch Check Turn key switch to ON position. YES: Go to next check.

Push front light rocker switch to middle position. NO: Check fuse and
bulbs. Check wiring. See
LOOK: Are two front lights, two red tail lights and gauge lights ON? your authorized dealer.

Push front light rocker switch in completely.

LOOK: Are four front lights (if equipped), two red tail lights and gauge lights ON?

– – –1/1

4-2-9 092206
PN=184
 Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

Rear Light Switch Check Turn key switch to ON position. YES: Go to next check.

Push side console rear light rocker switch in. NO: Check fuse and
bulbs. Check wiring. See
LOOK: Are rear lights ON? your authorized dealer.

– – –1/1

Turn Signal Check Turn key switch to ON position. YES: Go to next check.

Push right side of turn signal rocker switch down. NO: Check fuses and
wiring. See your
LOOK: Are right front and rear amber lights flashing? Does right indicator light on top authorized dealer.
of steering column flash?

Push left side of turn signal rocker switch down.

LOOK: Are left front and rear amber lights flashing? Does left indicator light on top of
steering column flash?

– – –1/1

Brake Light Switch Key switch in the ON position. YES: Go to next check.
Check
Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedal. NO: Check fuse and
bulbs. Check wiring. See
LOOK: Rear brake light must come ON when either pedal is depressed with key switch your authorized dealer.
in ON position.
– – –1/1

Cab Component Checks

– – –1/1

Warning Light Check Key switch ON. YES: Go to next check.

Push bottom of warning light rocker switch in. NO: Check fuses and
wiring. See your
LOOK: Are both front and rear amber lights ON? Are both turn signal indicators and authorized dealer.
light in warning light rocker switch flashing?
– – –1/1

Horn Check Turn key switch to ON position. YES: Go to next check.

Push horn button NO: Check fuses and

wiring. See your
LISTEN: Did horn sound? authorized dealer.

– – –1/1

4-2-10 092206
PN=185
 Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

Air Conditioner Engine at fast idle. YES: Check complete.

Turn air conditioner switch to ON position. NO: Go to your

authorized dealer
Turn blower switch to high speed.

Wait for any warm air in duct system to dissipate.

Is air from ducts cool?

See Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Controls—If Equipped. (See Section 2-1 for
more detailed information.)

– – –1/1

Miscellaneous Checks

– – –1/1

Seat Control Check Lift lever (1). YES: Go to next check.

Move seat forward and rearward and release lever. NO: Lubricate or repair
linkage.
LOOK: Does seat move up or down and remain in
desired position? See your authorized
dealer.
LOOK: Does seat latch move freely and hold seat in
T103194 –UN–20AUG96
desired position?

LOOK: Does lever move freely and lock seat in desired

position?

FEEL: Does lever move freely and hold seat in desired

positions?

FEEL: Does lever move freely and hold seat in loader

and backhoe positions?

– – –1/1

4-2-11 092206
PN=186
 Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

Seat Position Switch Engine speed at low idle. YES: Continue with
Check check.
Lower all equipment to ground.
NOTE: This check should NO: See your authorized
be performed on level Operators seat in backhoe position. dealer.
ground.
Release park brake.

FNR in forward or reverse.

LISTEN: Does monitor alarm sound and is stop indicator on?

The following two checks are for machines with pilot controls. YES: Continue with
check.
Operators seat in backhoe position.
NO: See your authorized
NOTE: Pilot control towers should be in stored position for ease of rotating seat. dealer.

Enable pilot controls (switch in unlock position).

Activate a function and rotate seat towards loader position.

LOOK: Does backhoe function stop after seat has been rotated at least 15° out of
backhoe position?

Rotate operators seat to loader position. YES: Go to next check.

Enable pilot controls. NO: See your authorized

dealer.
Release park brake.

FNR in forward or reverse.

LOOK/LISTEN: Does monitor alarm sound and does monitor display HOE On?

– – –1/1

Rear Windows Latch and YES: Go to next check.

Opener Checks CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement.
NO: Check for
Squeeze latches on both sides of upper rear window. Lower window to rubber obstructions. See your
bumpers. authorized dealer.

LOOK: Does window latch?

LOOK: Do window catches hold and not bow the windows in the up and down
position?

Always lock hydraulics when not operating backhoe or opening/closing window.

– – –1/1

4-2-12 092206
PN=187
 Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

Side Window Checks Open front and rear side windows. YES: Go to next check.

Fasten rear window against front window. NO: Adjust windows. See
your authorized dealer.
Fasten front window against rear window

Fasten windows with latches

T6171DF –UN–09DEC88
LOOK/FEEL: Do hinges move freely? Are locking latches
equally loaded when closed?

– – –1/1

Miscellaneous Machine Verify the following are working properly and all mounting brackets and hardware are YES: Check complete.
Components Checks tight.
NO: Repair or replace if
• All latches and locks. necessary.
• Hood and access doors.
• Hoses and clamps.
• Fan shroud and fan guard
• Fan direction

– – –1/1

4-2-13 092206
PN=188
 Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Procedure

NOTE: Troubleshooting charts are arranged from the

simplest to verify, to least likely, more difficult to
verify. When diagnosing a problem, use all
possible means to isolate the problem to a single
component or system. Use the following steps to
diagnose problems:

Step 1. Operational Checkout Procedure

Step 2. Troubleshooting Charts

Step 3. Adjustments

Step 4. See your authorized dealer.

HG31779,0000020 –19–16APR02–1/1

4-3-1 092206
PN=189
 Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

Engine
Symptom Problem Solution

Engine Cranks, But Will Not Start Fuel tank empty. Check fuel quantity.
or Starts Hard

Fuel tank vent plugged. Remove cap and listen for sound of
air entering tank. Replace cap.

No electrical power to ECU. Turn key switch to ON position.

Replace fuse. Repair wiring.

Water in fuel or water frozen in fuel Drain water from fuel tank. Inspect
line. fuel filter for water. Change filter.

Debris in fuel or wrong grade of fuel.
Check fuel tank outlet strainer for
type of fuel debris. Check bottom of
fuel tank for debris. Clean tank. Add
fuel. Check grade of fuel. Add
correct fuel.

Air leak on suction side of fuel Check for bubbles in fuel filter and
system. tighten connections. Inspect fuel
lines for damage.

Fuel transfer pump diaphragm Check engine oil for fuel dilution.
leaking.

Slow cranking speed. Check battery and connections.

Incorrect engine oil (cold weather).

Restricted air filter. Check air filter restriction indicator

and air filters. Clean.

Restricted fuel filter. Replace fuel filter.

ECU fuse. Replace fuse.

Continued on next page HG31779,0000021 –19–16APR02–1/4

4-3-2 092206
PN=190
 Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Engine Surges or Stalls Air in fuel. Inspect filter for evidence of air in
Frequently fuel. Tighten connections and bleed
fuel system.

Fuel tank vent plugged. Remove cap and listen for sound of
air entering tank. Replace cap.

Debris in fuel or wrong grade of fuel. Check fuel tank outlet strainer for
debris. Check bottom of fuel tank for
debris. Clean tank. Add fuel. Check
grade of fuel.

Water in fuel. Drain fuel tank and inspect filter

element for water. Replace filters.

Fuel filter plugged. Replace filter.

Improper valve clearance. Check and adjust valve clearance.

Engine Misses Air in fuel. Check for evidence of air in filter.

Tighten connections and bleed fuel
system.

Debris in fuel or wrong grade of fuel. Check fuel tank for water. Check fuel
tank strainer and fuel filter for debris.
Clean. Check grade of fuel.

Incorrect valve clearance. Check and adjust valve clearance.

Engine Does Not Develop Power Fuel tank outlet strainer plugged. Check fuel tank for water or debris.
Remove and clean.

Fuel filter plugged. Replace fuel filter.

Wrong grade of fuel. Drain and add correct fuel.

Air system restricted. Check air filter restriction and air

filters. Clean.

Incorrect valve clearance. Adjust valve clearance.

Engine Emits Excessive Black or Restricted air filter. Check air filter restriction and air
Gray Exhaust Smoke filters. Clean or replace.

Incorrect grade of fuel. Drain and add correct fuel.

Continued on next page HG31779,0000021 –19–16APR02–2/4

4-3-3 092206
PN=191
 Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Engine Emits Excessive Blue or Cranking speed too slow. Check batteries and connections.
White Smoke

Incorrect grade of fuel. Drain and add correct fuel.

Slow Acceleration Wrong grade of fuel. Drain and add correct fuel.

Detonation (Excess Engine Low engine oil level. Add oil.

Knock)

Abnormal Engine Noise Low or incorrect engine oil (too thin). Add correct oil to proper level.

Engine oil diluted with fuel. Inspect engine oil. See your
authorized dealer.

Low Oil Pressure (Oil Pressure Low oil level. Add oil to proper level. Inspect
Light On—Red "Stop" Flashing) engine oil.

Wrong viscosity oil/oil diluted with Change oil and see your authorized
diesel fuel. dealer.

Engine Overheats (Engine Low coolant level. Fill cooling system and check for
Coolant Indicator Light On and leaks.
Red "Stop" Flashing)

Low engine oil level. Add oil.

Engine overloaded, operating in Reduce load.

wrong gear

Improper fuel. Drain and add correct fuel.

Radiator cap. Replace cap.

Continued on next page HG31779,0000021 –19–16APR02–3/4

4-3-4 092206
PN=192

Symptom
Excessive Fuel Consumption
Excessive Drag In Turbocharger
Rotating Members
Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting
Problem
Air system restricted.
Leakage in fuel system.
Incorrect grade of fuel.
Operator holding hydraulics over
relief.
Bearing seizure or dirty or worn
bearings caused by excessive
temperature, unbalanced wheel, dirty
oil, oil starvation, or insufficient
lubrication.
4-3-5
Solution
Check filter restriction indicator and
air filters. Replace.
Inspect. Repair.
Refill with correct fuel.
Return control levers to neutral
position.
Check for plugged air filters.
HG31779,0000021 –19–16APR02–4/4
092206
PN=193
 Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

Electrical System
Symptom Problem Solution

Starting Motor Will Not Turn Start fuse. Check and replace if necessary.

Loose red connector. Check under loader control lever and

push connectors together.

Starter. Listen for “click” from starter

solenoid. If “click” is not heard, the
starter control circuit is functioning. If
“click” is not heard, repair starter.
See your authorized dealer.

Start relay. With the machine in neutral and

clutch disconnect switch depressed,
remove left-hand engine side shield
and listen for “click” from starter
relay when the key switch is moved
to START position. If “click” is heard,
the key switch, circuit breaker, start
fuse, connectors, and neutral start
switch are functioning and the starter
relay, relay ground, or starter is
worn. See your authorized dealer.

Depress clutch disconnect switch.

Starter Solenoid Chatters Poor or corroded connections at Inspect, clean, and tighten if
battery, battery ground strap, or necessary.
starter.

Engine Cranks Slowly Loose or corroded battery cables. Inspect and clean or tighten.

Loose battery ground cable. Open battle cry cover and inspect
and tighten battery ground cable.

Excessive power train load. Depress clutch disconnect switch.

Excessive engine load. Change engine oil to proper grade

for temperature.

Continued on next page HG31779,0000022 –19–16APR02–1/3

4-3-6 092206
PN=194
 Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Starting Motor Continues To Run Starter solenoid stuck. Lightly tap on case of starter
solenoid.

Starter not disengaging. Lightly tap on starter case to

determine if starter “shift” lever is
stuck.

Starter relay stuck on. Lightly tap on starter relay to

determine if relay is stuck.

Battery Uses Too Much Water Cracked battery case. Replace battery.

High ambient temperature. Refill with distilled water.

Battery cell. Check if one or more cells take more

water than others.

Cracked Battery Case No battery hold down clamp. Replace battery and install hold
down clamp.

Loose battery hold down clamp. Replace battery and install hold
down clamp.

Battery hold down clamp too tight. Replace battery and install battery
hold down clamp properly.

Frozen battery. Keep battery full charged in cold

weather.

Low Battery Output Low water level. Add water.

Dirty or wet battery top causing Clean and wipe battery top dry.
discharge.

Corroded or loose battery cables. Clean and tighten battery cables.

Broken battery post. Wiggle battery post by hand. If post

wiggles or turns, replace battery.

Continued on next page HG31779,0000022 –19–16APR02–2/3

4-3-7 092206
PN=195
 Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Charging Indicator Light Loose or glazed alternator belt. Check belt. Replace if glazed. Check
Remains On With Engine automatic tension for damage.
Running Replace if damaged.

Engine rpm low. Raise engine rpm above 1000 rpm.

If light remains on, see your
authorized dealer.

Loose or corroded electrical Inspect. Clean, or tighten electrical

connections on battery, ground connections.
strap, starter, or alternator.

Monitor/gauge fuse. Turn key switch to BULB CHECK

position. If no lights, replace fuse.

Alternator Light Out But Low Indicator light bulb. Inspect and replace if necessary.
Charging System Voltage

Loose wiring connector. Inspect and repair.

Noisy Alternator Worn bearings in alternator. Remove belt and feel for rough
bearing while turning alternator
pulley.

Drive belt. Inspect and replace if necessary.

Pulley not aligned. Inspect.

Loose alternator belt or mounting. Inspect and tighten if necessary.

HG31779,0000022 –19–16APR02–3/3

4-3-8 092206
PN=196
 Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

Gauges and Indicators

Symptom Problem Solution

Fuel Gauge Does Not Move, No Start relay fuse. Replace fuse.
indicator Lights, Machine Will
Not Crank

Poor or loose red connector from Push red connector together under
relay. loader control lever.

Poor or loose ground connection. Check ground screw under loader

control lever.

Fuel Gauge Does Not Move, No Gauge fuse. Replace fuse.

Indicator Lights, But Machine
Will Crank

Poor or loose ground connection. Check ground screw under loader

control lever.

Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator light. Turn key switch to BULB CHECK. If
Indicator Light Does Not Indicate no light, replace bulb.
Overheating or Bulb Does Not
Light In BULB CHECK Position

Sender. Replace sender.

Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Gauge fuse. Replace fuse.

Will Not Light

Indicator light. Turn key switch to BULB CHECK. If

no light, replace bulb.

Wire, connector or sender. Ground yellow wire at sender.

Indicator must light. If not, repair
wiring or replace sender.

Alternator Indicator Will Not Monitor/gauge fuse. Replace fuse.

Light

Indicator light. Turn key switch to BULB CHECK. If

indicator does not light, replace bulb.

Monitor Lights Do Not Come On Monitor/gauge fuse. Replace fuse.

During BULB CHECK

Indicator light. Replace bulb.

Continued on next page HG31779,0000024 –19–16APR02–1/3

4-3-9 092206
PN=197
 Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Fuel Gauge Shows Empty At All Poor ground connections at gauge. Remove dash panel and check
Times gauge mounting hardware.

Poor power connection at gauge. Remove dash panel and check

gauge mounting hardware.

Hole in fuel sender float. Look at float in tank to see if it is

floating. Replace sender unit.
Ground fuel sender. Gauge must
indicate full. If it does not, the wiring
is defective. Repair wiring. See your
authorized dealer.

Gauge. Replace gauge.

Fuel Gauge Shows Full At All Open circuit at sender or wire. Remove wire at sender. If gauge still
Times indicates full, locate and repair short
between sender and gauge.

Sender float stuck. Look in fuel tank. See if float is

above fuel level. Repair or replace
sender. Remove sender wire. If
gauge still indicates full, replace
gauge.

Horn Does Not Sound Horn ground. Ground horn to machine frame.

Horn fuse. Check and replace.

Horn. Replace horn.

Horn button. Replace horn button.

Windshield Wiper Does Not Wiper fuse. Check and replace.

Operate

Loose or broken wire. Inspect wiring for breaks or loose

connections. Repair.

Heater Fan Does Not Operate Heater fuse. Check and replace.

Loose or broken wire. Inspect wiring for breaks or loose

connections. Repair.

Continued on next page HG31779,0000024 –19–16APR02–2/3

4-3-10 092206
PN=198
 Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

No Work or Driving Lights Driving light fuse. Check and replace.

Poor ground. Inspect and tighten.

Burned out bulb. Replace with new bulb.

Rear Lights Do Not Operate Loose connector in wiring harness of Inspect and reconnect.
ROPS.

Poor ground at light. Inspect and tighten.

Dim Lights Low battery charge. Check battery connections.

Low alternator output. Check belt tension and adjust.

Poor ground at lights. Clean and tighten.

Return-to-Dig Does Not Operate Return-to-dig/beacon/pump fuse. Replace fuse.

Boom switch out of adjustment. Check cam to see if it activates

switch. Adjust as required.

Wiring. Inspect and repair wiring.

Neutral Disconnect Does Not FNR/park brake fuse. Replace fuse.

Disengage.

Wire. Inspect and repair wire.

Solenoid. Replace solenoid. See your

authorized dealer.

HG31779,0000024 –19–16APR02–3/3

4-3-11 092206
PN=199
 Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

Hydraulic System
Symptom Problem Solution

Reservoir Drains When Changing Return tube vent hole in reservoir Remove, inspect and repair.
Hydraulic Filter may be plugged.

Vent tube broken off inside reservoir. Remove and repair.

No Loader Or Steering Low oil level. Add oil to correct level.

Hydraulics

Pump problem. Remove hydraulic filter and inspect.

If filter contains excessive amounts
of metal material, see your
authorized dealer.

Obstruction in oil lines or valves. Inspect for pinched lines or stuck

valve spools.

Low Hydraulic Power Hydraulic oil aerated. Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suction
hose has air leak; inspect and
tighten.

Low oil level. Check oil levels.

Slow Hydraulic Functions Low oil level. Add oil to correct level.

Engine rpm too low. Increase rpm or check engine

speed. (See Check Engine Speed in
this manual.)

Hydraulic oil aerated. Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suction

hose has air leak; inspect and
tighten.

Hose or line leakage. Inspect and tighten fittings.

Slow Loader And Backhoe Hydraulic oil aerated. Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suction
Hydraulics (Low Pump Output) hose has air leak; inspect and
tighten.

Low Hydraulic Power (Low Low oil level (no aeration of oil). Add oil to correct level.
Hydraulic Pressure)

Hydraulic oil aerated. Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suction

hose has air leak; inspect and
tighten.

Continued on next page HG31779,0000023 –19–16APR02–1/2

4-3-12 092206
PN=200
 Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Hydraulic Function Makes Low oil level. Add oil to correct level.
Chattering Noise

Hydraulic oil aerated. Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suction

hose has air leak; inspect and
tighten.

Hydraulic Oil Overheats Excessive load. Reduce load.

Operator holding hydraulic system Return levers to neutral when not in

over relief. use.

Oil levels too low in reservoir. Check levels and add oil. Use
recommended oil.

Using low viscosity oil in hot Use recommended oil.

weather.

Hydraulic cooling system restricted Clean around radiators and coolers.

Plugged oil cooler. Clean oil cooler.

Foaming Oil Oil level too low or too high. Check oil level. Adjust to full mark
on sight gauge.

Incorrect type of oil. Use recommended oil.

Oil maintenance not performed. Perform correct maintenance.

Excessive Pump Noise Low oil level. Add oil to correct level.

Hydraulic filter bypass valve Replace filter. Inspect, clean, and

chattering. repair.

No Response When Steering Low oil level Check reservoir oil level.
Wheel Is Turned

Machine Turns In Opposite Steering cylinder lines not connected Connect steering cylinder lines to
Direction properly. opposite ports.

HG31779,0000023 –19–16APR02–2/2

4-3-13 092206
PN=201
 Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

Transmission
Symptom Problem Solution

Machine Will Not Move In Low oil level in transmission. Add oil to correct level.
Forward or Reverse

Broken drive shafts. Inspect drive shafts and universal

joints for external damage. See your
authorized dealer.

Transmission Slippage Low oil level. Add oil.

Wrong oil grade. Change oil.

Machine Lacks Power or Moves Oil level is low. Add oil to correct level.
Slow

Wrong oil, aerated oil. Change oil.

Brake dragging. Check for excessive heat in brake

area of axle housing after operating
machine. See your authorized
dealer.

Transmission Shifts Too Slow Low or high oil level (aeration of oil). Add oil or drain.

Wrong oil. Change oil.

Transmission Overheats Oil level too high or too low. Check oil level and correct.

Incorrect type of oil. Drain and replace oil.

Excessive Gear Clash When Attempt to shift too fast. See Operator’s Manual for
Shifting instructions.

Shifting without using disconnect Depress clutch disconnect when

clutch. shifting.

Transmission Pressure Light Cold oil. Warm oil to specifications.

Comes On

Low oil level. Add oil.

Plugged oil filter. Inspect filter. Replace.

NOTE: If any other problems are encountered which require special tools or machine knowledge to correct, see your
authorized dealer.

HG31779,0000025 –19–16APR02–1/1

4-3-14 092206
PN=202
 Miscellaneous—Storage
Prepare Machine for Storage

1. Repair worn or damaged parts. Install new parts, if

–UN–09NOV88
necessary, to avoid needless delays later.

2. Clean primary air cleaner.

T47764
IMPORTANT: High pressure washing greater than
1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi) can
damage freshly painted finishes. Paint
should be allowed to air dry for 30 days
minimum after receipt of machine
before cleaning parts or machines with
high pressure. Use low pressure wash
operations until 30 days have elapsed.

–UN–09FEB89
3. Wash the machine. Use low pressure wash operations
(less than 1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi) until 30 days
after receipt of machine have elapsed. Paint areas to
prevent rust. Replace decals, where needed.

T5813AM
4. Apply waste oil to track chains. Run machine back and
forth several times. Park machine on a hard surface to
prevent tracks from freezing to ground.

5. Store machine in a dry, protected place. If stored

outside, cover with a waterproof material.

IMPORTANT: LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor can destroy

painted finish. DO NOT spray LPS 3
Rust Inhibitor on painted areas.

6. Retract all hydraulic cylinders, if possible. If not, coat

exposed cylinder rods with LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor.

7. Place a "DO NOT OPERATE" tag on the right control

lever.

8. Lubricate all grease points.

9. Remove batteries.

10. Remove seat cushion and other perishable items.

11. Remove keys and lock all covers and doors.

LPS is a trademark of the Holt Lloyd Corporation. TX,105,FF2313 –19–22JUN06–1/1

4-4-1 092206
PN=203
 Miscellaneous—Machine Numbers
Record Product Identification Number (PIN)
Purchase Date

Product Identification Number

–UN–13JUL00
NOTE: Record all 13 characters of Product Identification
Number.

T132526B
A—Product Identification Number Tag

CED,OUO1079,460 –19–13JUL00–1/1

Record Engine Serial Number

Engine Serial Number

–UN–26JUL02
A—Engine Serial Number Tag

T158050B
HG31779,00000C0 –19–26JUL02–1/1

Record Transmission Serial Number—Manual

Shift
Transmission Serial Number

–UN–25OCT00
A—Transmission Serial Number Tag

T134818D
OUO1079,000028B –19–19SEP00–1/1

Record Transmission Serial Number—

Powershift—(310SG, 315SG)
Transmission Serial Number
–UN–13JUL00

A—Transmission Serial Number Tag

T132445D

CED,OUO1079,462 –19–13JUL00–1/1

4-5-1 092206
PN=204
 Miscellaneous—Machine Numbers

Record Rear Axle Housing Serial Number

Rear Axle Housing Serial Number

–UN–13JUL00
A—Rear Axle Serial Number Tag

T132527B
CED,OUO1079,463 –19–13JUL00–1/1

Record (MFWD) Front Axle Housing Serial

Number—If Equipped
MFWD Front Axle Housing Serial Number

–UN–04SEP96
A—MFWD Front Axle Serial Number Tag

T103544
TX,120,RR4373 –19–13JUL00–1/1

4-5-2 092206
PN=205
 Miscellaneous—Specifications
Travel Speeds

Travel speeds are as follows for machines using 19.5L-24

rear tires:

Item Measurement Specification

With Manual Shift Transmission

1 Forward Speed 5.8 km/hr (3.6 mph)

2 Forward Speed 9.5 km/hr (5.8 mph)

3 Forward Speed 22.4km/hr (13.9 mph)

4 Forward Speed 32.9 km/hr (20.5 mph)

1 Reverse Speed 6.4 km/hr (4.0 mph)

2 Reverse Speed 10.6 km/hr (6.6 mph)

3 Reverse Speed 25.9 km/hr (16.1 mph)

4 Reverse Speed 43.8 km/hr (27.2 mph)

With Powershift Transmission—

(310SG, 315SG only)

1 Forward Speed 5.8 km/hr (3.6 mph)

2 Forward Speed 9.5 km/hr (5.8 mph)

3 Forward Speed 22.4 km/hr (13.9 mph)

4 Forward Speed 32.9 km/hr (20.5 mph)

1 Reverse Speed 6.4 km/hr (4.0 mph)

2 Reverse Speed 10.6 km/hr (6.6 mph)

3 Reverse Speed 25.9 km/hr (16.1 mph)

4 Reverse Speed 25.9 km/hr (16.1 mph)

NOTE: Heavily equipped machines and smaller tires may

result in slower travel speeds.

CED,OUO1079,399 –19–03SEP02–1/1

4-6-1 092206
PN=206
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities

Item Measurement Specification

Engine Coolant Capacity 16 L (17 qt)

Engine Oil (including filter)— Capacity 13 L (13.7 qt)

Turbocharged

Engine Oil (including filter)—Naturally Capacity 7.5 L (7.9 qt)

Aspirated (310G Only)

Torque Converter and Transmission Capacity 15 L (16 qt)

System

Rear Axle Capacity 16 L (17 qt)

MFWD Front Axle Housing Capacity 6.5 L (7 qt)

MFWD Front Wheel Planetary Capacity 1 L (1.1 qt)

Housing (each)

Fuel Tank Capacity 136 L (36 gal)

Hydraulic System Reservoir Capacity 37 L (39 qt)

HG31779,00001B3 –19–04DEC02–1/1

4-6-2 092206
PN=207
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

310G Specifications

–UN–11JUN98
T115805

OUO1079,000025E –19–12SEP00–1/1

4-6-3 092206
PN=208
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

310G Backhoe Loader Dimensions

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change

without notice. Whenever applicable,
specifications are in accordance with SAE
Standards. Unless otherwise noted, these
specifications are based on a standard machine
with 19.5L-24, 8PR, R4 rear tires; 11L-16, 12PR,
F3 front tires; 0.86 m3 (1.12 cu yd) loader bucket;
610 mm (24 in.) backhoe bucket; ROPS/FOPS;
full fuel tank and 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

Item Measurement Specification

A—Loading Height, Truck Loading

Position

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.3 m (10 ft 11 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.38 m (11 ft 1 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Height 4.24 m (13 ft 11 in.)

Extended

B—Reach from Center of Swing

Mast

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.44 m (17 ft 10 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.51 m (18 ft 1 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 6.53 m (21 ft 5 in.)

Extended

C—Reach from Center of Rear Axle

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 6.50 m (21 ft 4 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 6.58 m (21 ft 7 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 7.59 m (24 ft 11 in.)

Extended

Continued on next page OUO1079,000025F –19–12SEP00–1/5

4-6-4 092206
PN=209
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

D—Maximum Digging Depth

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.34 m (14 ft 3 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.39 m (14 ft 5 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Depth 5.46 m (17 ft 11 in.)

Extended

E—Digging Depth (SAE)—610 mm

(2 ft) Flat Bottom

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 4.32 m (14 ft 2 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 4.37 m (14 ft 4 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.44 m (17 ft 10 in.)

Extended

F—Digging Depth (SAE)—2440 mm

(8 ft) Flat Bottom

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 3.96 m (13 ft 0 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 4.06 m (13 ft 4 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.18 m (17 ft 0 in.)

Extended

G—Ground Clearance Minimum

Ground Clearance Minimum Distance 305 mm (12 in.)

H—Bucket Rotation

Bucket Rotation Rotation 190°

I—Transport Height

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.40 m (11 ft 2 in.)

Continued on next page OUO1079,000025F –19–12SEP00–2/5

4-6-5 092206
PN=210
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

J—Overall Length, Transport

Backhoe Length 7.09 m (23 ft 3 in.)

K—Stabilizer Width, Transport

Backhoe Width 2.18 m (7 ft 2 in.)

L—Stabilizer Spread, Operating

Backhoe Width 3.10 m (10 ft 2 in.)

M—Overall Width, Stabilizer Spread

(Less Loader Bucket)

Backhoe Width 3.53 m (11 ft 7 in.)

N—Width Over Tires

Backhoe Width 2.07 m (6 ft 10 in.)

O—Height to Cab/ROPS Top

Backhoe Height 2.74 m (9 ft 0 in.)

P—Front Wheel to Loader Dig

Position

Backhoe Distance 1.12 m (3 ft 8 in.)

Q—Wheelbase

Backhoe Length 2.10 m (6 ft 10 in.)

R—Maximum Height to Loader

Bucket Hinge Pin

Maximum Height to Loader Bucket Height 3.4 m (11 ft 2 in.)

Hinge Pin

Continued on next page OUO1079,000025F –19–12SEP00–3/5

4-6-6 092206
PN=211
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

S—Dump Clearance, Loader Bucket

at 45°

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Clearance 2.69 m (8 ft 10 in.)

(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Clearance 2.69 m (8 ft 10 in.)

yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Clearance 2.59 m (8 ft 6 in.)

T—Maximum Loader Bucket Dump

Angle

Maximum Loader Bucket Dump Angle 45°

Angle

U—Reach at Full Height, Loader

Bucket at 45°

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Distance 785 mm (30.9 in.)

(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Distance 767 mm (30.2 in.)
yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Distance 818 mm (32.2 in.)

V—Loader Bucket Rollback at

Ground Level

Loader Bucket Rollback at Ground Angle 40°

Level

W—Dig Below Ground—Loader

Bucket Level

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Depth 160 mm (6.3 in.)

(1.12 yd3)

Continued on next page OUO1079,000025F –19–12SEP00–4/5

4-6-7 092206
PN=212
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Depth 175 mm (6.9 in.)
yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Depth 197 mm (7.8 in.)

OUO1079,000025F –19–12SEP00–5/5

4-6-8 092206
PN=213
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

310G Backhoe Loader

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change specifications are in accordance with
without notice. Wherever applicable, Standards.

Item Measurement Specification

Engine—John Deere 4045T—

Altitude Compensated

Rated Power @ 2200 rpm Power SAE gross 63 kW (84 hp)

Rated Power @ 2200 rpm Power SAE net 60 kW (80 hp)

Cylinders Quantity 4

Displacement Volume 4.52 L (276 in.3)

Engine Torque Rise Torque 30%

Maximum Engine Net Torque Torque 346 N•m (255 lb-ft)

Electrical System Voltage 12-volt

Engine—John Deere 4045D NA

Rated Power @ 2200 rpm Power SAE gross 57 kW (76 hp)

Rated Power @ 2200 rpm Power SAE net 55 kW (74 hp)

Cylinders Quantity 4

Displacement Volume 4.52 L (276 in.3)

Engine Torque Rise Torque 24%

Maximum Engine Net Torque Torque 290 N•m (214 lb-ft)

Electrical System Voltage 12-volt

Alternator Amperage 65 amps

Alternator with Cab Amperage 95 amps

OUO1079,0000260 –19–07MAR02–1/1

4-6-9 092206
PN=214
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

310G Backhoe Loader Weight

Item Measurement Specification

Transporting

SAE Operating Weight with ROPS Weight 5806 kg (12,800 lb)

Cab Added Weight 263 kg (580 lb)

MFWD with Tires Added Weight 168 kg (370 lb)

Extendible Dipperstick Weight 200 kg (440 lb)

Optional Front Counterweight Weight 181 kg (400 lb)

Optional Front Counterweight Weight 295 kg (650 lb)

OUO1079,0000262 –19–12SEP00–1/1

310G Buckets

Width Heaped Capacity Weight

Loader: mm (In.) m3 (Cu Yd) kg lb
Heavy duty long lip 2180 (86) 0.86 (1.12) 426 (940)
2180 (86) 0.86 (1.12) 426 (940)
Multipurpose 2180 (86) 0.76 (1.00) 725 (1600)

Width Heaped Capacity Weight

Backhoe: mm (in.) m3 (cu ft) kg (lb)
Standard duty 457 (18) 0.13 (4.6) 118 (260)
610 (24) 0.18 (6.5) 136 (300)
Heavy duty with lift loops 305 (12) 0.11 (2.8) 109 (240)
457 (18) 0.13 (4.6) 132 (290)
610 (24) 0.18 (6.5) 1 (340)
54
762 (30) 0.25 (8.8) 172 (380)

HG31779,00001F1 –19–24FEB03–1/1

4-6-10 092206
PN=215
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

310G Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities—

Standard Dipperstick

Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin,

loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Lift
capacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are
87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on the
swing arc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping
load. Angle between boom and ground is 65 degrees.
Machine is equipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard
bucket, standard or extendible dipperstick, and standard
equipment.

NOTE: Loader bucket on ground significantly improves

side stability, therefore improving lift capacity to
the side. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected.

–19–10SEP96
T103604
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard Dipperstick
Based on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

OUO1079,0000264 –19–12SEP00–1/1

4-6-11 092206
PN=216
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

310G Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities—

Extendible Dipperstick (Retracted)

Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin,

loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Lift
capacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are
87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on the
swing arc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping
load. Angle between boom and ground is 65 degrees.
Machine is equipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard
bucket, standard or extendible dipperstick, and standard
equipment.

NOTE: Loader bucket on ground significantly improves

side stability, therefore improving lift capacity to
the side. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected.

–19–10SEP96
T103605
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, Retracted
Based on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

OUO1079,0000265 –19–12SEP00–1/1

4-6-12 092206
PN=217
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

310G Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities—

Extendible Dipperstick (Extended)

Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin,

loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Lift
capacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are
87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on the
swing arc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping
load. Angle between boom and ground is 65 degrees.
Machine is equipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard
bucket, standard or extendible dipperstick, and standard
equipment.

NOTE: Loader bucket on ground significantly improves

side stability, therefore improving lift capacity to
the side. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected.

–19–10SEP96
T103606
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, Retracted
Based on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

OUO1079,0000266 –19–12SEP00–1/1

4-6-13 092206
PN=218
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

310SG and 315SG Specifications

–UN–11JUN98
T115805

CED,OUO1079,475 –19–17JUL00–1/1

4-6-14 092206
PN=219
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

310SG and 315SG Backhoe Loader

Dimensions

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change

without notice. Whenever applicable,
specifications are in accordance with SAE
Standards. Unless otherwise noted, these
specifications are based on a standard machine
with 19.5L-24, 8PR, R4 rear tires; 11L-16, 12PR,
F3 front tires; 0.86 m3 (1.12 cu yd) loader bucket;
610 mm (24 in.) backhoe bucket; ROPS/FOPS;
full fuel tank and 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

Item Measurement Specification

A—Loading Height, Truck Loading

Position

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.43 m (11 ft 3 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.53 m (11 ft 7 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Height 4.29 m (14 ft 1 in.)

Extended

B—Reach from Center of Swing

Mast

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.56 m (18 ft 3 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.66 m (18 ft 7 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 6.68 m (21 ft 11 in.)

Extended

C—Reach from Center of Rear Axle

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 6.63 m (21 ft 9 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 6.73 m (22 ft 1 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 7.72 m (25 ft 4 in.)

Extended

Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,476 –19–17JUL00–1/5

4-6-15 092206
PN=220
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

D—Maximum Digging Depth

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.42 m (14 ft 6 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.55 m (14 ft 11 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Depth 5.61 m (18 ft 5 in.)

Extended

E—Digging Depth (SAE)—610 mm

(2 ft) Flat Bottom

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 4.37 m (14 ft 4 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 4.50 m (14 ft 9 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.56 m (18 ft 3 in.)

Extended

F—Digging Depth (SAE)—2440 mm

(8 ft) Flat Bottom

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 4.06 m (13 ft 4 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 4.19 m (13 ft 9 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.33 m (17 ft 6 in.)

Extended

G—Ground Clearance Minimum

Ground Clearance Minimum Clearance 330 mm (13 in.)

H—Bucket Rotation

Bucket Rotation Rotation 190°

I—Transport Height

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.51 m (11 ft 6 in.)

Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,476 –19–17JUL00–2/5

4-6-16 092206
PN=221
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.48 m (11 ft 5 in.)

Retracted

J—Overall Length, Transport

Backhoe Length 7.16 m (23 ft 6 in.)

K—Stabilizer Width, Transport

Backhoe Width 2.18 m (7 ft 2 in.)

L—Stabilizer Spread, Operating

Backhoe Width 3.10 m (10 ft 2 in.)

M—Overall Width, Stabilizer Spread

(Less Loader Bucket)—310SG

Backhoe Width 3.53 m (11 ft 7 in.)

M—Overall Width, Stabilizer

Spread—315SG

Backhoe Width 2.24 m (7 ft 6 in.)

N—Width Over Tires

Backhoe Width 2.18 m (7 ft 2 in.)

O—Height to Cab/ROPS Top

Backhoe Height 2.79 m (9 ft 2 in.)

P—Front Wheel to Loader Dig

Position

Backhoe Distance 1.12 m (3 ft 8 in.)

Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,476 –19–17JUL00–3/5

4-6-17 092206
PN=222
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Q—Wheelbase

Backhoe Length 2.10 m (6 ft 10 in.)

R—Maximum Height to Loader

Bucket Hinge Pin

Maximum Height to Loader Bucket Height 3.4 m (11 ft 2 in.)

Hinge Pin

S—Dump Clearance, Loader Bucket

at 45°

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Clearance 2.69 m (8 ft 10 in.)

(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Clearance 2.64 m (8 ft 8 in.)

yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Clearance 2.62 m (8 ft 7 in.)

T—Maximum Loader Bucket Dump

Angle

Maximum Loader Bucket Dump Angle 45°

Angle

U—Reach at Full Height, Loader

Bucket at 45°

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Distance 767 mm (30.2 in.)

(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Distance 765 mm (30.1 in.)
yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Distance 818 mm (32.2 in.)

Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,476 –19–17JUL00–4/5

4-6-18 092206
PN=223
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

V—Loader Bucket Rollback at

Ground Level

Loader Bucket Rollback at Ground Angle 40°

Level

W—Dig Below Ground—Loader

Bucket Level

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Depth 163 mm (6.4 in.)

(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Depth 206 mm (8.1 in.)
yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Depth 185 mm (7.3 in.)

CED,OUO1079,476 –19–17JUL00–5/5

4-6-19 092206
PN=224
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

310SG and 315SG Backhoe Loader

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change specifications are in accordance with
without notice. Wherever applicable, Standards.

Item Measurement Specification

Engine—John Deere 4045T

Rated Power @ 2300 rpm Power SAE gross 69kW (93 hp)

Rated Power @ 2300 rpm Power SAE net 63 kW (84 hp)

Cylinders Quantity 4

Displacement Volume 4.52 L (276 in.3)

Engine Torque Rise Torque 35%

Maximum Engine Net Torque Torque 380 N•m (280 lb-ft)

Electrical System Voltage 12-volt

Alternator Amperage 65 amps

Alternator with Cab Amperage 95 amps

CED,OUO1079,477 –19–25JUL01–1/1

310SG and 315SG Backhoe Loader Weight

Item Measurement Specification

Transporting

SAE Operating Weight with ROPS Weight 6123 kg (13,500 lb)

Cab Added Weight 263 kg (580 lb)

MFWD with Tires Added Weight 220 kg (485 lb)

Extendible Dipperstick Weight 222 kg (490 lb)

Optional Front Counterweight Weight 181 kg (400 lb)

Optional Front Counterweight Weight 295 kg (650 lb)

CED,OUO1079,479 –19–17JUL00–1/1

4-6-20 092206
PN=225
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

310SG, 315SG Buckets

Width Heaped Capacity Weight

Loader: mm (In.) m3 (Cu Yd) kg lb
Heavy duty long lip 2180 (86) 0.86 (1.12) 426 (940)
2340 (92) 1.00 (1.30) 476 (1050)
Multipurpose 2180 (86) 0.76 (1.00) 725 (1600)
2340 (92) 0.96 (1.25) 762 (1680)

Width Heaped Capacity Weight

3
Backhoe: mm (In.) m (Cu Ft) kg (lb)
Standard duty 610 (24) 0.21 (7.5) 159 (350)
Heavy duty with lift loops 305 (12) 0.09 (3.3) 117 (258)
457 (18) 0.14 (5.1) 151 (334)
610 (24) 0.21 (7.5) 180 (396)
610 (24) 0.25 (8.8) 216 (476)
762 (30) 0.28 (10.0) 202 (444)
914 (36) 0.35 (12.5) 231 (510)
Severe duty 457 (18) 0.14 (5.1) 164 (362)
610 (24) 0.21 (7.5) 192 (424)
610 (24) 0.25 (8.8) 206 (455)
762 (30) 0.28 (10.0) 215 (475)
Ditch cleaning 914 (36) 0.35 (12.5) 231 (510)

TX,110,BD2212 –19–08OCT96–1/1

4-6-21 092206
PN=226
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

310SG And 315SG Backhoe Loader Lifting

Capacities—Standard Dipperstick

Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin,

loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Lift
capacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are
87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on the
swing arc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping
load. Angle between boom and ground is 65 degrees.
Machine is equipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard
bucket, standard or extendible dipperstick, and standard
equipment.

NOTE: Loader bucket on ground significantly improves

side stability, therefore improving lift capacity to
the side. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected.

–19–10SEP96
T103504
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard Dipperstick
Based on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

CED,OUO1079,481 –19–17JUL00–1/1

4-6-22 092206
PN=227
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

310SG And 315SG Backhoe Loader Lifting

Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick
(Retracted)

–19–10SEP96
T103505
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, Retracted
Based on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

CED,OUO1079,482 –19–17JUL00–1/1

4-6-23 092206
PN=228
 Miscellaneous—Specifications

310SG And 315SG Backhoe Loader Lifting

Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick
(Extended)

–19–10SEP96
T103506
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, Retracted
Based on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

CED,OUO1079,483 –19–17JUL00–1/1

4-6-24 092206
PN=229
 Miscellaneous—Crime Prevention Tips
Help Prevent Crime

You can help take a bite out of crime by properly

documenting ownership and discouraging theft.

–19–07OCT88
TS140
DX,CRPRV,A –19–03MAR93–1/1

Record Construction Identification Numbers

1. Mark your machines with your own unique numbering

system.

2. Record the Product Identification Number (PIN) of the

unit and also individual component identification

–UN–23MAR89
numbers for engines, axles, pumps, etc. Include the
PIN numbers on all documentation, such as insurance,
financial, and warranty papers.

TS156
DX,CRPRV,H –19–04JUN90–1/1

Keep Proof of Ownership

1. Take color photographs from several angles of each

machine.

2. Maintain an up-to-date inventory of all your machines.

–UN–23MAR89
3. Keep your documented identification numbers, color
photographs, and inventory in a safe, secure location.

TS157
DX,CRPRV,I –19–04JUN90–1/1

Park Indoors Out of Sight

Make machines hard to move:

• Park large equipment in front of exits.

• Lower equipment to the ground. Remove key.
• Remove battery when unit is in storage.
–UN–23MAR89

• Lock cab doors, windows, and vandal-proof devices.

• Lock building.
TS158

DX,CRPRV,J –19–04JUN90–1/1

4-7-1 092206
PN=230
 Miscellaneous—Crime Prevention Tips

When Parking Outdoors

Make machines hard to move:

• Park in a well-lighted, fenced area.

• Lower all equipment to the ground.
• Remove ignition key.

–UN–23AUG88
• Remove battery when unit is storage.
• Lock cab doors, windows, and vandal-proof devices.

TS144
DX,CRPRV,K –19–04JUN90–1/1

Reduce Vandalism

1. Install vandal-proof devices.

2. Participate in a neighborhood watch program. Take

written notes of suspicious vehicles or persons and
report your findings to law enforcement agency.

–UN–23AUG88
3. Regularly verify that identification plates have not been
removed. If they have, notify law enforcement agency.
Order duplicate plates from your dealer.

TS145
DX,CRPRV,L –19–04JUN90–1/1

4-7-2 092206
PN=231
 Miscellaneous—Crime Prevention Tips

Report Thefts Immediately

1. Immediately notify your local law enforcement agency

and insurance agent.

2. Provide a complete description of the machine, all of

the documented identification numbers and color
photographs.

3. Request verification of the identification numbers after

they have been entered with any regional or national
crime information center. Double check the numbers to
be sure they are correct.

4. Notify your John Deere dealer of the theft and request

that its loss be posted with full description and
identification numbers.

–UN–09JAN89
TS146
DX,CRPRV,G –19–03MAR93–1/1

4-7-3 092206
PN=232
 Index
Page
A Auxiliary hydraulic function
Accumulator
Ride control, checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19
Acid
Battery, check electrolyte level . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-2
Adjustment
Engine valve clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-1
Air
Cleaner elements clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9
Air cleaner, engine
Elements, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-10
Intake hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
Air conditioning
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6, 2-1-11
Receiver-dryer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3
Alternator
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Precaution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6
Attachments
Adding safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-5
Operating safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-5
Axle
Front, non-powered
Lubricate oscillating pivot and steering
pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9, 3-4-10
Lubricate wheel bearings. . . . . . . 3-3-12, 3-3-13
Toe-in, check and adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30
MFWD
Change oil, housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5
Change oil, planetary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4
Check oil, housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1
Check oil, planetary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1
Lubricate drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Lubricate oscillating pivot and universal
joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-11
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-30
Toe-in, check and adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30
Rear
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-7
Operating differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-29
Axles
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
B Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-23
Backhoe
Adjustment
Boom lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1
Boom-to-dipperstick pin bolt torque . . . . . . 3-7-2
Index-1
Page
Adjusting flow control valve . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-26
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-25
Bucket teeth installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-32
Counterweights
Liquid, in front tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-17
Lubricate
Extendible dipperstick rails . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11
Pivots and cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-7
Sideshift rails, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Specification, rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-10
Stabilizer rails, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11
Stabilizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6
Operating
Auxiliary hydraulic function . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-25
Boom lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-16
Boom lock, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17
ISO excavator two-lever controls . . . . . . . 2-2-19
John Deere two-lever controls . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18
Stabilizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-15
Swing lock pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17
Side-shifting the boom, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-22
Stabilizers
Changing feet, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16
Lubricate rails, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11
Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6
Reversing feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16
Ballast
Liquid, in front tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-17
Battery
Acid
Burns from battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-2
Electrolyte level check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-2
Explosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-2
Explosions, prevent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5
Handling, checking, servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-7
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-7
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-8
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-9
Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-8
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-2
Bearings, front wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-1, 3-8-3
Belt inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Bleeding service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-24
Brake
Park brake
Service brake
Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-24
Inspection, external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1
Break-in
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1
092206
PN=1
 Index
Page
Break-in engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5
Breather, hydraulic reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-3
Bucket
Backhoe
Installing teeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-32
Front loader
Changing buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-15
Bulb replacement, halogen lights . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-13
C
Cab air filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-6
Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6
Chemical products
Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6
Cold weather
Machine warm-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-9
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-5
Controls
Backhoe, ISO excavator two-lever
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-19
Backhoe, John Deere two-lever
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18
Backhoe, 315SG
Side-shifting the boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-22
Steering console
Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8
Steering wheel tilt lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-14
Coolant
Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-1
Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-11
Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4
Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3
Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-3
Cooling system
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-3
Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5
Coolscan Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-5
Counterweights
Liquid, in front tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-17
Crime prevention
Record identification numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
Cylinder service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-32
D Speed control lever tension, adjust . . . . . . . 4-1-28,
Damper replacement, torsional . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6
Index-2
Page
Defroster controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6, 2-1-11
Diesel engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6, 3-1-9
Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1, 3-1-2
Diesel fuel conditioner
Low sulfur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Differential lock foot switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-29
Dipperstick, extendible
Lock
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Lubricant specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-10
Lubricate rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11
Display monitor
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2
Drain engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4
Driving
Steering wheel tilt lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-14
With manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-12
Dust unloader vlave
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-8
E
Electrical
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-6
Element
Primary
Cleaning and inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2
Secondary
Inspecting and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2
Emergencies
Prepare for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6
Engine
Air cleaner dust unloader valve, clean. . . . . . 3-3-8
Air filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Alternator voltage indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Boost starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-7
Break-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1
Coolant heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Coolant temperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Crankcase vent tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5
Hood, opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-3
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-4
Oil check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-2
Oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-4
Oil pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Speed check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-8
4-1-29
Speed control linkage, adjust . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27
092206
PN=2
 Index
Page
Starting
Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-3
Torsional damper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2
Valve clearance adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-1
Engine oil
Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6, 3-1-9
Equipment, Protective
Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2
Extendible dipperstick
Lock operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Lubricant specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-10
Lubricate rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23
Extendible dipperstick w/ attachments
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
F Gauge
Feet, stabilizer
Changing, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16
Filter
Cab air
Clean and replace elements . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-6
Engine air cleaner
Dust unloader valve, clean . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-8
Replace elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-10
Engine oil
Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-4
Fuel
Drain water and sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6
Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-5
Hydraulic
Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
Pilot control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-8
Transmission
Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-2
Fires, prevent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5
Front loader
Boom service lock
Inspect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1
Operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2
Changing buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-15
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4, 3-4-5, 3-4-6
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-28
Ride control
Checking accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19
Discharge pressure for service . . . . . . . . 4-1-20
Index-3
Page
Front wheel drive
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
Fuel
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1, 3-1-2
Filter
Drain water and sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6
Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-5
Handling and storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4
Level gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Tank
Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-3
Drain water and sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-7
Fumes, exhaust
Beware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-10, 4-1-11
Engine coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Transmission and torque converter oil
temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-9
Grease
Alternative and synthetic lubricants . . . . . . . . 3-1-4
Axle
MFWD drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
MFWD oscillating pivot and universal
joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-11
Non-powered front wheel bearings . . . . . 3-3-12,
3-3-13
Axle, non-powered front
Oscillating pivot and steering pivots. . . . . . 3-4-9,
3-4-10
Backhoe
Extendible dipperstick rails . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11
Pivots and cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-7
Sideshift rails, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Stabilizer rails, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11
Stabilizers and cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6
Extreme pressure and multipurpose . . . . . . 3-1-10
Front loader
Pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4, 3-4-5
Pivots, bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6
Specification
Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-10
Ground Speeds
310G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1
310SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1
092206
PN=3
 Index

Page Page

H Instrument
Check before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-2
Handholds
Use correctly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1
Hazards
L
Work Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-3
Heater controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6, 2-1-11
Lever
High-pressure fluids
Steering wheel tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-14
Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-31
Hood, opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-3
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8
Horn button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-7, 2-1-10
Loader
Hose
Boom service lock
Crankcase ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5
Inspect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1
Engine air intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
Operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2
Radiator upper and lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3
Changing buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-15
Hour meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4, 3-4-5, 3-4-6
Hydraulic
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-28
Backhoe auxiliary function
Ride control
Flow control valve adjustment . . . . . . . . . 2-2-26
Checking accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-25
Discharge pressure for service . . . . . . . . 4-1-20
Oil
Low sulfur diesel fuel conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-9
Lubricant
Filter, replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
Specification
Oil filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-10
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
Lubricants
Reservoir
Alternative and synthetic lubricants . . . . . . . . 3-1-4
Breather, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-3
Lubricate
Fill screen, inspect and clean . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-7
Axle
Oil level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-1
MFWD drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-12
MFWD oscillating pivot and universal
joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-11
Non-powered front wheel bearings . . . . . 3-3-12,
3-3-13
I
Axle, non-powered front
Oscillating pivot and steering pivots. . . . . . 3-4-9,
Indicator 3-4-10
Check service code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Backhoe
Engine air filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Extendible dipperstick rails . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11
Engine alternator voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Pivots and cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-7
Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Sideshift rails, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Hydraulic oil filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Stabilizer rails, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11
Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Stabilizers and cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6
Ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5 Front loader
Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4, 3-4-5
Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Pivots, bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-9
Injection
Nozzle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5 M
Inspection, pre-start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-1
Instructions, follow Machine
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1 Maintenance, preparation for. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2

Index-4 092206
PN=4
 Index
Page
Warm-up
Cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-9
Normal conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Machine modifications
Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2
Machine, inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Maintenance
Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1
Preparation for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2
Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6
Record keeping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-4
Mechanical front wheel drive
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
MFWD
Lubricate
Change axle housing oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5
Change planetary housing oil . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4
Check axle housing oil level . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1
Check planetary housing oil level . . . . . . . 3-6-1
Drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Oscillating pivot and universal joints . . . . 3-4-11
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-30
Miscellaneous checks
Operational checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-11
Monitor
Check service code indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Display window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2
Engine air filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Engine alternator voltage indicator . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Engine oil pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Fuel level gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2
Hydraulic oil filter restriction indicator . . . . . . 2-1-3
Seat belt/park brake indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Select button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2
Stop indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Transmission and torque converter oil temperature
gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Motor service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-32
N
Neutral start system check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-14
O Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-32
Oil
Alternative and synthetic lubricants . . . . . . . . 3-1-4
Index-5
Page
Change
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-4
Hydraulic reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-9
MFWD front axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5
MFWD planetary housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4
Rear axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-7
Transmission and torque converter . . . . . . 3-8-6
Level
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-2
Hydraulic reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-1
MFWD housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1
MFWD planetary housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1
Rear axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-4
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-4
Specification
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
Hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
Mechanical front wheel drive . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
Oilscan Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-5
Operating
Use Special Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-5
Operating tips
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-31
Operation qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2
Operational checkout procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1
Operational checks
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-9
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-3
Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-10
Gauge and indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1
Hydraulic system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-3
Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5
Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2
Operator’s seat
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1
Park brake
Check operation of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-23
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5
Parking
Parts, moving
Stay clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Periodic maintenance chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1
092206
PN=5
 Index
Page
Pilot control
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-8
Pins, metal
Drive safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-3
Pre-start inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-1
Pump
Service of pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-32
R Service
Receiver-dryer
Check sight glasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3
Recognize
Safety, information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1
Regulator precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6
Replacing fuses
S.N. 910056-951253 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-10
S.N. 951254-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-11
Required parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-8
Ride control
Checking accumulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19
Discharge pressure for service . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-20
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-10
Switch and indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5
Riders
Keep off Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-3
Roads
Operating or traveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6
ROPS
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6
Keep properly installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-33
Maintain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6
S 310G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-3
Safety
Instructions, follow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1
Park and prepare for service safely. . . . . . . . 1-4-1
Safety, information
Recognize. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1
Screen, hydraulic reservoir fill
Inspect and clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-7
Seat
Air suspension
Switch, height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6
Non-suspension
Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13
Operational checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-11
Index-6
Page
Suspension
Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-14
Seat belt
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Use and maintain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1
Secondary and primary element
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2
Secondary exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12
Select button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2
Serial numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
Control valves, cylinders, pumps, and
motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-32
Ride control, discharge pressure. . . . . . . . . 4-1-20
Service brake
Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-24
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1
Service code
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Service interval checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6
Service record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6
Specification
Backhoe boom-to-dipperstick pin bolt
torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
Hardware torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-33
Lubricant
Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-10
Oil
Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
Mechanical front wheel drive . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
Oil, differential. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
Oil, hand-operated cab tilt hydraulic pump . . 3-1-7,
3-1-8
Oil, park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
Wheel fastener torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-5
310SG and 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-14
Speed
Engine speed control linkage adjustment . . 4-1-27
Ground, 310SG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1
310G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1
Stabilizers
Changing feet, 315SG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16
Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6
Lubricate rails, 315SG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-15
Reversing feet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16
Starting fluid, cold weather start . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-5
Starting machine
Operator’s seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1
092206
PN=6
 Index

Page Page

Starting the engine Traveling

Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-3 On public roads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6
Steps
Use correctly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1
Stop indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
V
Storage
Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1
Valve
Storing fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4
Backhoe auxiliary hydraulic function flow
Swing Lock Pin
control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-26
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17
Engine air cleaner dust unloader, clean . . . . 3-3-8
Switch
Hydraulic control valve service . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-32
Air suspension seat height adjustment . . . . . 2-1-6
Vent tube, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5
Defroster, heater, and air conditioner . . . . . . 2-1-6,
Vibration
2-1-11
Torsional damper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6
Differential lock foot switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-29
Locations, steering console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD). . . . . 2-2-30
Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5 W
Ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5
Turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8 Warm-up
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8 Machine, cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-9
Windshield wiper, rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6 Machine, normal conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Work and drive lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8 Waste
Dispose of properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6
Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-18
Welding repairs
T Make safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-2
Wheel bearings, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-1, 3-8-3
Teeth, backhoe bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-32 Wheel fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-5
Tire Window
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-3 Operational checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-11
Pressure check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-2 Windows
Toe-in adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-31 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12
Toe-in, check and adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30 Side, secondary exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12
Toolbox Windshield wipers
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-9 Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6
Torque converter Work Site Hazards
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-6 Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-3
Oil temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 3-way coolant test kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-5
Torsional damper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-35
Transmissioin
Oil temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Transmission
Filter change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-2
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-6
Oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-4
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7, 3-1-8
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-14
Transporting
On a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-34
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-35

Index-7 092206
PN=7
 Index

Index-8 092206
PN=8